Kodak Impresora Placas Dryview 8900_r3_service Manual

© EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY, 2005

{Adjust/Replace}{Production}{Health Group}{ExternalAndInternal}

Confidential Restricted Information

HEALTH GROUP Publication No. 8F1621 15JUL05

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS for the Kodak DryView 8900 LASER IMAGER RELEASE 3 Service Code: 4878

Important

Qualified service personnel must do these procedures.

H199_0500AC

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 2 of 186

PLEASE NOTE

The information contained herein is based on the experience and knowledge relating to the subject matter gained by Eastman Kodak Company prior to publication. No patent license is granted by this information. Eastman Kodak Company reserves the right to change this information without notice, and makes no warranty, express or implied, with respect to this information. Kodak shall not be liable for any loss or damage, including consequential or special damages, resulting from any use of this information, even if loss or damage is caused by Kodak’s negligence or other fault. This equipment includes parts and assemblies sensitive to damage from electrostatic discharge. Use caution to prevent damage during all service procedures.

Table of Contents Description Adjustments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PROCESSOR - Temperature of DRUM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PROCESSOR - BRUSHES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PROCESSOR - PHOTODETECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PROCESSOR - DIVERTER AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IMAGING AY - ENCODER READHEAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IMAGING AY - MAGNET WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IMAGING AY - Index Delay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IMAGING AY - Film Skew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +5 V DC POWER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LOCAL PANEL - Calibration of the TOUCH SCREEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FILM FEED ROLLER DRIVE AY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DICOM RASTER ENGINE (DRE) COMPUTER and COVER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DRE COMPUTER - HARD DRIVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DRE COMPUTER - DVD DRIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DRE COMPUTER - POWER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DRE COMPUTER - FANS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EXPOSURE BRIDGE AY (EBA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ROLLBACK MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ROLLBACK CARTRIDGE PRESENCE SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ROLLBACK HOME SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ROLLBACK OPEN SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ROLLBACK MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ROLLBACK ROLLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF TAG ANTENNA BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page 5 5 10 12 15 17 26 28 32 37 39 42 44 44 46 47 49 51 52 55 57 58 59 60 62 64

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 3 of 186

RF TAG READER BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PICKUP AND FEED MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FILM FEED ROLLER DRIVE AY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FILM FEED HEEL AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HEEL PADS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FEED ROLLER OPEN SENSOR and FILM AT FEED SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . PICKUP HOME SENSOR and CUPS ENGAGED SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FILM OUT SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FEED ROLLER CLOSE MOTOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FILM FEED DRIVE BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FILM FEED MOTOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PICKUP MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VACUUM VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VACUUM PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SUCTION CUPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CARTRIDGE CONTROL BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VERTICAL TRANSPORT MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FILM AT PROCESSOR SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VERTICAL TRANSPORT UP and DOWN MOTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VERTICAL TRANSPORT BELTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PROCESSOR - ENTRANCE GUIDE AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PROCESSOR - ENTRANCE GUIDE FRAME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PROCESSOR - VERTICAL DRUM GUIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PROCESSOR - DRUM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PROCESSOR - DRUM DRIVE BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PROCESSOR - MOTOR DRIVE BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PROCESSOR - COOLING FAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PROCESSOR - UPPER FAZ TRAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PROCESSOR - LOWER FAZ TRAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PROCESSOR - DRIVE MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PROCESSOR - BRUSH AY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PROCESSOR - PHOTODETECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PROCESSOR CONTROL BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DENSITOMETER LIGHT SOURCE BOARD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FILM AT DENSITOMETER SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DENSITOMETER BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SORTER TRAYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TURNAROUND AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EXIT PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SORTER AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SORTER - DRIVE SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SORTER - STEPPER DRIVE MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

65 66 68 69 71 73 74 75 76 78 79 80 82 83 85 86 88 90 91 92 94 95 96 97 100 101 102 103 104 105 105 108 110 111 113 114 116 117 118 119 121 123

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 4 of 186

SORTER - TORQUE ACTUATORS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SORTER - EMITTER BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SORTER - DETECTOR BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SORTER CONTROL BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IMAGING AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLATEN FILM TRANSPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLATEN SWEEP MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLATEN FEED MOTOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLATEN LOAD MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLATEN CENTERING MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLATEN FILM CENTERING AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLATEN LOAD HOME SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FILM AT PLATEN SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLATEN CENTERING HOME SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLATEN SWEEP HOME SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . START OF PAGE SENSOR BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TRANSLATION HOME and TRANSLATION LIMIT SENSORS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAGNET WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPTICS ELECTRONICS AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPTICS AND CARRIAGE AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . POWER MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BACK DOOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ELECTRONICS PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DRAWER PANELS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SIDE PANELS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DRAWER LATCH AY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DOOR LATCH AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LOCAL PANEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DUCT FILTER DOOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Additional Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Making a Configuration Backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Restoring Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Upgrading the DRE with a New Version of the System Software - “Ghosting” Upgrading the Software Applications for the MCS MASTER CPU BOARD and MICRO BOARDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Upgrading the “Microcontroller” Application when a New MICRO BOARD is Installed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Publication History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

125 127 128 129 131 133 135 136 137 138 139 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 153 157 159 161 162 163 164 166 169 170 171 171 172 174 the 178 184 186

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 5 of 186

Adjustments

Section 1: Adjustments PROCESSOR - Temperature of DRUM Adjustment Specification Purpose: Specification: Special Tools:

To set the correct temperature for the DRUM. The temperature is between 123.6 - 124.4°C (254.5 - 256°F). • TEMPERATURE METER AND PROBE TL-5574 • BLOCK for PROBE 78-8064-5583-4 • LAPTOP COMPUTER with Microsoft INTERNET EXPLORER 5.5 or higher • SERVICE TOOL • CROSSOVER CABLE TL-5568

Prerequisites: None

To Check: Important

The TEMPERATURE METER AND PROBE must receive calibration together once a year. 1. Send the METER, PROBE, and a CALIBRATION FORM to: National Calibration and Testing Laboratories 5960 Madison Avenue West Minneapolis, MN 55427 The calibration time is approximately one week.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS

Adjustments

15JUL05 8F1621 Page 6 of 186

Caution

Dangerous Voltage 1 Energize the IMAGER.

BLOCK

2 Allow the equipment to reach the “Ready” mode. 3 Prepare the METER.

137 mm (5 3/8 in.)

PROBE SENSOR PROBE

a Install the BLOCK on the PROBE 137 mm (5 3/8 in.) from the PROBE SENSOR. b Clean the PROBE with alcohol. c Set the METER to display in C. 4 Set the SERVICE SWITCH in the service position.

C

F

METER H199_1525GA

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 7 of 186

Adjustments

5 Release the front and back LATCHES.

ROLLERS COVER

Caution

The DRUM and ROLLERS are hot.

DRUM

6 Lift the COVER.

PROBE

7 Insert the PROBE at the center of the DRUM. Note PROBE SENSOR back back LATCH

The METER must be at room temperature during the check. 8 Lower the COVER.

center

9 Close the front and back LATCHES.

front

10 Pull on the PROBE to check that the PROBE SENSOR is directly under a ROLLER. to METER front LATCH

H199_1526GA

11 Allow the indication on the METER to be stable. 12 Record the temperature.

13 Release the LATCHES. 14 Lift the COVER. 15 Move the PROBE to the back of the DRUM. 16 Lower the COVER. 17 Close the front LATCH. 18 Do steps Step 10 through Step 12 again. 19 Release the front LATCH. 20 Lift the COVER.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 8 of 186

Adjustments

21 Move the PROBE to the front of the DRUM. 22 Lower the COVER. 23 Close the back LATCH. 24 Do Step 10 through Step 12 again. 25 Check that all 3 temperatures are 123.6 - 124.4°C (254.5 - 256°F).

To Adjust: 1 Open the LOWER RIGHT FRONT DOOR.

AIR FILTER COVER

2 Connect the LAPTOP COMPUTER to the RJ-45 CONNECTOR at the front of the IMAGER. Note

The CONNECTOR is located below the AIR FILTER COVER. 3 Energize the LAPTOP COMPUTER. 4 Connect the SERVICE TOOL through “SecureLink”.

RJ-45 CONNECTOR LOWER RIGHT FRONT DOOR H199_0734ACB H199_0734AC

5 From the “Service” menu, select Configuration>MCS>Processor.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS

Adjustments

15JUL05 8F1621 Page 9 of 186

6 Click [Modify]. 7 In the “Measured Temperature” windows, type the 3 measured temperatures. Important

The “Current offsets” windows indicate the “offsets” between the “Current Temperature” value in the PROCESSOR MICRO and the “Measured Temperature” value. 8 Click [Save]. 9 Close the “Processor Temperature Configuration” window. 10 Allow approximately 10 minutes for the temperatures to be stable. 11 Check that all 3 temperatures are 123.6 - 124.4°C (254.5 - 256°F).

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 10 of 186

Adjustments

PROCESSOR - BRUSHES Adjustment Specification Purpose: Specification:

Special Tools:

To align the BRUSHES with the SLIP RINGS. • The 5 BRUSHES are aligned vertically with the 5 SLIP RINGS. • The surface of each BRUSH touches the surface of the adjacent SLIP RING. None

Prerequisites: None

To Check: 1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:

top COVER

• “power” icon • [Shut Down]

SLIP RINGS

Caution

Dangerous Voltage

3 SCREWS

2 Disconnect the POWER CORD. 3 Remove: • 3 SCREWS

bottom COVER BRUSHES

H199_1527AA

• top and bottom COVERS

4 Check: • 5 BRUSHES are aligned vertically with the 5 SLIP RINGS. • Surface of each BRUSH touches the surface of the adjacent SLIP RING.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 11 of 186

Adjustments

To Adjust: BRUSH

SLIP RING

DRUM

1 Loosen the 2 SCREWS. 2 Align the BRUSHES vertically with the SLIP RINGS. 3 Manually rotate the DRUM backward and forward to seat the SLIP RINGS horizontally on the “curved” surfaces of the BRUSHES. 4 Tighten the 2 SCREWS. 5 Check: • 5 BRUSHES are aligned vertically with the 5 SLIP RINGS. • Surface of each BRUSH touches the surface of the adjacent SLIP RING.

H199_1528GA

2 SCREWS

Postrequisites: 1 If the power wires to the BRUSH are disconnected and connected before this adjustment, check the circuits with the SERVICE TOOL. Select Diagnostics>MCS>General>Heater Wiring. See DIAGNOSTICS 8E5983: Section

Using the Diagnostics

Procedure

PROCESSOR HEATER Wiring

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 12 of 186

Adjustments

PROCESSOR - PHOTODETECTOR Adjustment Specification Purpose:

Specification:

Special Tools:

To align the horizontal and vertical position of the PHOTODETECTOR with the LEDs on the ROTATING PROCESSOR BOARD (RPB). • The HOLDER is 10 mm (0.39 in.) from the surface of the RPB. • The distance between the bottom of the HOLDER and the bottom of the BRACKET is 46 mm (1.8 in.). METRIC RULER with mm increments

Prerequisites: None

To Check: 1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:

top COVER

• “power” icon • [Shut Down] Caution

Dangerous Voltage

3 SCREWS

2 Disconnect the POWER CORD. 3 Remove: • 3 SCREWS

bottom COVER

• top and bottom COVERS H199_1529AA

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 13 of 186

Adjustments

4 Use a METRIC RULER to check that the distance between the front surface of the HOLDER and the RPB is 10 mm (0.39 in.).

RPB

10 mm (0.39 in.) HOLDER

5 Check that the distance between the bottom of the HOLDER and the bottom of the BRACKET is 46 mm (1.8 in.). 46 mm (1.8 in.)

BRACKET

H199_1530AA

To Adjust: 10 mm (0.39 in.)

1 Adjust the distance between the HOLDER and the RPB.

RPB

a Loosen the SCREW on the bottom of the BRACKET.

HOLDER 2 SCREWS

b Move the BRACKET forward or backward to set the distance between the HOLDER and the RPB to 10 mm (0.39 in.). c Tighten the SCREW.

46 mm (1.8 in.) BRACKET

SCREW

H199_1531AA

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 14 of 186

Adjustments

2 Adjust the position of the HOLDER vertically. a Loosen the 2 SCREWS. b Align the HOLDER vertically until the distance between the bottom of the HOLDER and BRACKET is 46 mm (1.8 in.). c Tighten the 2 SCREWS.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 15 of 186

Adjustments

PROCESSOR - DIVERTER AY Adjustment Specification Purpose: Specification: Special Tools:

To adjust the position of the DIVERTER AY with the position of the DRUM. The 2 SCREWS for the DIVERTER AY is at the bottom of the SLOTS. None

Prerequisites: None

To Check: 1 Remove the UPPER FAZ TRAP. See PROCESSOR - UPPER FAZ TRAP. 2 Check that the SCREW at each end of the DIVERTER is at the bottom of the SLOT.

SLOT

DIVERTER

DIVERTER AY SCREW

H199_0745GCA H199_0745GC

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 16 of 186

Adjustments

To Adjust: 1 Loosen the 2 SCREWS. 2 Move the DIVERTER up until the 2 SCREWS are at the bottom of the 2 SLOTS. 3 Tighten the 2 SCREWS.

2 SLOTS

2 SCREWS

Postrequisites: None

DIVERTER

H199_0745GCB H199_0745GC

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 17 of 186

Adjustments

IMAGING AY - ENCODER READHEAD Adjustment Specification Purpose: Specification:

Special Tools:

To align the ENCODER READHEAD with the ENCODER SCALE. • In the SERVICE TOOL, the outputs of the READHEAD is 700 - 1800 mV. The high end of this specification is recommended. • On the VOLTMETER, the output of the READHEAD is 270 655 mV. The high end of this specification is recommended. • LAPTOP COMPUTER with Microsoft INTERNET EXPLORER 5.5 or higher • SERVICE TOOL • CROSSOVER CABLE TL-5568 • READHEAD ALIGNMENT TOOL TL-5715 • READHEAD SETTING SHIM with ADAPTER TL-5711 • VOLTMETER

Prerequisites: None

To Check: Checking with the SERVICE TOOL 1 Connect the LAPTOP COMPUTER to the IMAGER with a CROSSOVER CABLE. 2 Set the SERVICE SWITCH in the service position. 3 Use “SecureLink” and the “Service WebLink” to open the SERVICE TOOL. 4 Select Diagnostics>MCS>Optics. 5 On the “MCS Optics Diagnostics” screen, select “Test Readhead Alignment”.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS

Adjustments

15JUL05 8F1621 Page 18 of 186

6 Click [Run]. Note

The test runs for approximately 80 seconds then displays “Status” and a summary. A “Status” of “Pass” indicates only that the test has completed and has no “relationship” to the feedback values. 7 Check that the 4 measured outputs of the READHEAD is 700 - 1800 mV. The high end of this specification is recommended. Note

• The LINEAR MOTOR CONTROLLER BOARD does not operate approximately below 450 mV and above 2000 mV. • The READHEAD values decrease approximately 100 mV peak-to-peak from temperature conditions. • Debris on the ENCODER SCALE drops the values of the feedback.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 19 of 186

Adjustments

Checking with the VOLTMETER 1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch: • “power” icon • [Shut Down] 2 Extend the IMAGING AY. LINEAR MOTOR CONTROLLER BOARD

CARRIAGE VOLTMETER

J104 READHEAD CABLE

POWER SWITCH

H199_1509BA

READHEAD ALIGNMENT TOOL with ADAPTER

3 Position the CARRIAGE between the left and right side of the RAILS. 4 Disconnect the READHEAD CABLE from J104 on the LINEAR MOTOR CONTROLLER BOARD. 5 Connect: • READHEAD CABLE to the READHEAD ALIGNMENT TOOL • READHEAD ALIGNMENT TOOL into a 120 V AC OUTLET with the ADAPTER Note

If 120 V AC wall power is not available, the READHEAD ALIGNMENT TOOL can operate from internal BATTERIES.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 20 of 186

Adjustments

6 Set the POWER SWITCH on the READHEAD ALIGNMENT TOOL to ON. 7 Connect a VOLTMETER to the READHEAD ALIGNMENT TOOL. READHEAD ALIGHNMENT TOOL READHEAD CARRIAGE RAILS

AC POWER

VOLTMETER H199_1532BA

Important

The CARRIAGE must be in motion to actuate the READHEAD. 8 Slowly move the CARRIAGE forward and backward the full length of the RAILS. Note

If the room lights are down, you will be able to see the light from the LED in the READHEAD. A green LED indicates that the READHEAD has an output that is close to normal, but might or might not be within specification. A red LED indicates a “weak” output. 9 With the CARRIAGE in motion, observe the VOLTMETER.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 21 of 186

Adjustments

10 Record the minimum and maximum voltages for reference. The specification for the output of the READHEAD is 270 - 655 mV. The high end of this specification is recommended. Note

Because the indication on the VOLTMETER is a “ground-to-peak” reading for the Kodak REMOTE MANAGEMENT SERVICES, the reading will be lower than the indications from the SERVICE TOOL. The SERVICE TOOL displays “peak-to-peak” mV AC.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 22 of 186

Adjustments

To Adjust: Aligning the READHEAD on the ROLL AXIS Important

This procedure applies only if the 2 SCREWS for the RAIL with the ENCODER SCALE include SPHERICAL WASHERS. With no SPHERICAL WASHERS, you must skip this procedure and advance to Adjusting the Offset “Gap” and Aligning the READHEAD on the PITCH AXIS.

2 SCREWS SPHERICAL WASHERS

RAIL ENCODER SCALE

1 Loosen the 2 SCREWS that fasten the RAIL to allow rotation of the RAIL. Important

The output of the READHEAD is changed by small motions. 2 With the CARRIAGE in motion: a Slowly rotate the RAIL to obtain an output from the VOLTMETER that is 270 - 655 mV. The high end of this specification is recommended.

CARRIAGE READHEAD H199_1533AA

b Adjust until the output remains at the high end of this specification, if possible, for the full length of the RAILS forward and backward. 3 Tighten the 2 SCREWS.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 23 of 186

Adjustments

4 Does the output remain within the value identified in the “Specification”? Yes

No

No other adjustment is necessary.

a. Remove the SPHERICAL WASHERS and tighten the 2 SCREWS on the ends of the RAIL in order to align the RAIL with the ENCODER SCALE. b. Advance to Adjusting the Offset “Gap” and Aligning the READHEAD on the PITCH AXIS.

Adjusting the Offset “Gap” and Aligning the READHEAD on the PITCH AXIS 1 Remove the OPTICS ELECTRONICS AY. 2 Loosen the “Offset/Pitch” SCREWS. OPTICS ELECTRONICS AY

"Offset/Pitch" SCREWS

READHEAD BRACKET H199_1510AA

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 24 of 186

Adjustments

3 Insert the READHEAD SETTING SHIM between the READHEAD and the ENCODER SCALE.

"Offset/Pitch" SCREWS

RAIL

Note

If your hands are large, you might have to remove the PLATEN FILM TRANSPORT to do this adjustment. 4 Position the top of the READHEAD SETTING SHIM approximately level with the top of the ENCODER SCALE.

READHEAD 2 VEE BRACKET BEARINGS Side View "Offset/Pitch" SCREWS CARRIAGE

READHEAD

Important

The output of the READHEAD is changed by small changes in position of the READHEAD.

2 VEE BEARINGS RAIL

5 Press the READHEAD against the SETTING SHIM. ENCODER SCALE

READHEAD SETTINGS SHIM H199_1534CA

End VIew

READHEAD BRACKET

6 Apply pressure on both ends of the READHEAD BRACKET to align the READHEAD with the ENCODER SCALE. 7 At the same time, apply pressure on the CARRIAGE to keep the 2 VEE-BEARINGS seated on the RAILS 8 Tighten the “Offset/Pitch” SCREWS, checking that the READHEAD does not move. 9 Remove the SETTING SHIM.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 25 of 186

Adjustments

10 If the SPHERICAL WASHERS were removed in Step 4, install the WASHERS and do the Aligning the READHEAD on the ROLL AXIS. 11 Do Checking with the VOLTMETER: • If the minimum and maximum are within 270 - 655 mV, advance to Step 12. • If the minimum output is below 270 - 655 mV: – Again Adjusting the Offset “Gap” and Aligning the READHEAD on the PITCH AXIS to reach the recommended values. – If after some adjustments, you cannot reach the recommended values, adjust “Pitch” to the highest output possible, then do the “Roll” adjustment if necessary. Note

If after some “Roll” and “Pitch” adjustments, the READHEAD output is not within the values of the “Specification”, the READHEAD is malfunctioning. 12 Disconnect: • VOLTMETER • READHEAD ALIGNMENT TOOL 13 Install: • OPTICS ELECTRONICS AY • IMAGING AY 14 Do Checking with the SERVICE TOOL.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 26 of 186

Adjustments

IMAGING AY - MAGNET WAY Adjustment Specification Purpose:

To align the MAGNET WAY with the LINEAR TRANSLATION MOTOR. The LINEAR TRANSLATION MOTOR moves freely from end to end in the MAGNET WAY. 2 FORCER SPACERS TL-5710

Specification: Special Tools:

Prerequisites: None

To Check: 1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:

0.6 mm (0.0256 in.) minimum

• “power” icon

2 FORCER SPACERS

• [Shut Down]

2 MAGNETS

2 Extend the IMAGING AY.

MAGNET WAY

3 Check that the 4 SCREWS are tight. LINEAR TRANSLATION MOTOR 4 SCREWS

5 Insert the 2 FORCER SPACERS into the MAGNET WAY between the top of the LINEAR TRANSLATION MOTOR and the 2 MAGNETS.

CARRIAGE

IMAGING AY Back Front H199_1535GA

4 Move the CARRIAGE to the front of the IMAGING AY.

MAGNET WAY

8 Do Step 5 through Step 6 again.

6 If the FORCER SPACERS do not set correctly, do the adjustment. 7 Move the CARRIAGE to the back of the IMAGING AY.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 27 of 186

Adjustments

9 Check that the LINEAR TRANSLATION MOTOR moves freely from end to end in the MAGNET WAY.

To Adjust: 1 Partially loosen the 4 SCREWS. 0.6 mm (0.0256 in.) minimum

2 Move the CARRIAGE to the front.

2 FORCER SPACERS

3 Insert the 2 FORCER SPACERS into the MAGNET WAY between the top of the LINEAR TRANSLATION MOTOR and the 2 MAGNETS.

2 MAGNETS MAGNET WAY LINEAR TRANSLATION MOTOR

4 Loosely tighten the front SCREWS. 4 SCREWS

5 Move the CARRIAGE to the back. 6 Insert the FORCER SPACERS. See Step 3.

CARRIAGE

7 Loosely tighten the back 2 SCREWS. IMAGING AY

8 Move the CARRIAGE to the front. 9 Insert the FORCER SPACERS. Back

10 Fully tighten the front 2 SCREWS.

Front H199_1535GA

MAGNET WAY

11 Move the CARRIAGE to the back. 12 Insert the 2 FORCER SPACERS.

13 Fully tighten the back SCREWS. 14 Move the CARRIAGE fully forward and backward until the LINEAR TRANSLATION MOTOR moves freely from end to end on the MAGNET WAY.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 28 of 186

Adjustments

IMAGING AY - Index Delay Adjustment Specification Purpose: Specification: Special Tools:

To adjust “Start of Page” timing after a SPINNER MOTOR replacement. A 0.5 mm (0.02 in.) gray area is on the leading edge of the film. • LAPTOP COMPUTER with Microsoft INTERNET EXPLORER V 5.5 or higher • SERVICE TOOL • CROSSOVER CABLE TL5568

Prerequisites: None

To Check: 1 Connect the LAPTOP COMPUTER to the IMAGER with the CROSSOVER CABLE. 2 Use “SecureLink” and the “Service WebLink” to open the SERVICE TOOL.

3 Select Configuration>MCS>Optics. 4 Click [Test Print] to run a “Ball” test print.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 29 of 186

Adjustments

start of page

start of page

scan direction

scan direction

Leading edge of FILM in IMAGER

index delay too small

index delay too large

H199_1511BA

0.5 mm(0.02 in.) wide gray area

5 Check that the gray area on the leading edge is 0.5 mm (0.02 in.), with no transparent area appearing. Note

• If no gray or transparent area appears, scanning started before the laser beam hit the film. • If the area is too large, and both gray and transparent areas are visible, the image will extend beyond the other end of the film.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 30 of 186

Adjustments

To Adjust:

1 Observe the number of pixels displayed in the “Index Delay (pixels)” window. Note

This number indicates the number of pixels set to obtain the gray area: • If the gray area on the test print is too narrow, the number of pixels must be increased. • If the area is too wide, the number of pixels must be decreased.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 31 of 186

Adjustments

2 To: Decrease the area on the test print, do: Increase the area on the test print, do: a. On the test print, measure the width of Note the gray area in mm. If the index delay is too small, it might not be b. Multiply the measured distance by 25 visible on the film. You will have to increase it by to obtain the pixel width of the area. increments until it is visible. 25 pixels equals 1 mm (0.04 in.). a. Click [Modify] and increase the number in the c. Subtract the measured pixel width “Index Delay (pixels)” window by 50. This will from the displayed “Index Delay increase the gray area by 2 mm (0.08 in.). (pixels)” number in the window. d. Click [Modify].

b. Click [Save].

e. Type the number determined in Step c into the window.

c. Click [Test Print] and check the index delay area again.

f. Click [Save].

d. Do Step a through Step c until a 0.5 mm (0.02 in.) gray area appears on the leading edge of the film.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 32 of 186

Adjustments

IMAGING AY - Film Skew Adjustment Specification Purpose:

To adjust the position of the right CENTERING FINGER to prevent image skew on the film. • Image skew on the leading edge of the film is no more than 1 mm (0.038 in.).

Specification:

• When film is moved to the center of the PLATEN: – both CENTERING FINGERS touch the film – all 5 PLATEN FINGERS touch the film None

Special Tools:

Prerequisites: None

To Check: 1 Run a SMPTE test print. 2 Check that the image skew on the leading edge of the film is no more than 1 mm (0.038 in.).

image skew

H

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 33 of 186

Adjustments

PLATEN TRANSPORT front ROLLER KNOB

REGISTRATION BAR

GEAR

bottom ROLLERS

H199_1536BA

5 FINGER CARRIAGES

3 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch: • “power” icon • [Shut Down] Caution

Dangerous Voltage 4 Extend the IMAGING AY. 5 Rotate the large GEAR to move the REGISTRATION BAR to the front position. 6 Lift one of the 5 FINGER CARRIAGES on the back of the PLATEN TRANSPORT to allow film to move through the PLATEN TRANSPORT.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 34 of 186

Adjustments

7 Use the ROLLER KNOB to load a sheet of 14 x 17 in. film into the PLATEN TRANSPORT. 8 Rotate the ROLLER KNOB until the film is below the bottom ROLLERS.

5 PLATEN FINGERS CENTERING FINGER

9 Press down on one of the 5 FINGER CARRIAGES to allow the PLATEN FINGERS to engage the film. 10 Use a FLASHLIGHT to check that the edge of the film is in contact with all 5 PLATEN FINGERS. 11 If necessary, move the film until it touches all 5 PLATEN FINGERS. 12 Move the LINK until one CENTERING FINGER touches the film.

LINK CENTERING FINGERS H199_1537GA

13 Check that both the right and left CENTERING FINGERS are touching the film. 14 Move the LINK until the CENTERING FINGERS move the film approximately 12 mm (1/2 in.) toward the IMAGER. 15 Check that the film touches all 5 PLATEN FINGERS and both CENTERING FINGERS.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 35 of 186

Adjustments

To Adjust: 1 Loosen the 2 NUTS on the right BRACKET.

right BRACKET

2 Check that the film touches all 5 PLATEN FINGERS. 3 Move the LINK until the right and left CENTERING FINGERS touch the edge of the film. 4 Tighten the 2 NUTS. 5 Move the LINK until the CENTERING FINGERS move the film toward the IMAGER approximately 12 mm (1/2 in.). right CENTERING FINGER

2 NUTS

LINK

6 Check: • 5 PLATEN FINGERS touch the film • right and left CENTERING FINGERS touch the film 7 If the specifications are not obtained, do: a Step 1 and Step 2.

left CENTERING FINGER

5 PLATEN FINGERS H199_1538GA

b Use the LINK to move the right CENTERING FINGER forward or backward a minimum distance. c Tighten the 2 NUTS.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 36 of 186

Adjustments

8 Run a SMPTE test print.

image skew

9 Check that the image skew is not more than 1 mm (0.038 in.) at the leading edge. Adjust again in 1 mm (0.038 in.) increments: If the skew is at the top of the film:

Move the right CENTERING FINGER back.

If the skew is at the bottom of the film:

Move the right CENTERING FINGER forward.

10 After you complete the adjustment, lift one of the FINGER CARRIAGES to disengage the PLATEN FINGERS from the film. 11 Rotate the ROLLER KNOB to remove the film from the PLATEN TRANSPORT.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 37 of 186

Adjustments

+5 V DC POWER SUPPLY Adjustment Specification Purpose: Specification:

To adjust the output of the +5 V DC SUPPLY The voltage measured at the + 5 V test point on the EBA BOARD is +5.0 to +5.1 V DC. VOLTMETER

Special Tools:

Prerequisites: None

To Check: 1 Check that the system is in “ready” mode. SCREW

2 Open the BACK DOOR. 3 Loosen the SCREW. 4 Remove the ELECTRONICS PANEL. +5 V DC POWER SUPPLY

ELECTRONICS PANEL

5 Connect the VOLTMETER to the +5 V test point and one of the GND test points on the EBA BOARD. 6 Check that the voltage is +5.0 to +5.1 V DC. 7 Leave the VOLTMETER connected if an adjustment is necessary.

J23

J13

+5 V test point H199_1539GA

USB

EBA BOARD

GND

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 38 of 186

Adjustments

To Adjust: 1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch: • “power” icon • [Shut Down] Caution

Dangerous Voltage 2 Disconnect the POWER CORD. POWER MODULE

+5 V DC ADJUSTMENT

Important

Do not disconnect any other internal CABLES from the POWER MODULE.

+5 V DC POWER SUPPLY H199_1513BA

3 Move the POWER MODULE approximately 15 cm (6 in.) outside the IMAGER for access to the +5 V DC POWER SUPPLY. See the removal procedure in POWER MODULE.

4 Connect the POWER CORD. 5 Apply power to the IMAGER. 6 Allow 5 minutes for the SUPPLIES to be stable. 7 Rotate the +5 V DC ADJUSTMENT to obtain a +5.0 to +5.1 V DC indication on the VOLTMETER.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 39 of 186

Adjustments

LOCAL PANEL - Calibration of the TOUCH SCREEN Adjustment Specification Purpose: Specification: Special Tools:

To align the cursor positions on the TOUCH SCREEN to the graphics on the LOCAL PANEL. The cursor moves to your finger in the 7 test areas on the TOUCH SCREEN. STYLUS.

Prerequisites: None

To Check: You cannot check this adjustment.

To Adjust: Important

Do this adjustment if: • New system software is installed. • A new LOCAL PANEL is installed. 1 On the “Status” screen of the LOCAL PANEL, touch [Menu]. On the Main Menu, touch [Service]. 2 Type: • 99 in the “Enter Passcode” window • 987654 in the “Enter Passcode” window 3 Touch [OK].

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 40 of 186

4 On the Service screen, touch [Calibrate Touch Screen]. Note

The “Calibration Target” screen displays.

5 Use the STYLUS to touch the TARGET at the center. Note

A screen displays with a 1/2 TARGET at the top right edge.

Adjustments

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 41 of 186

Adjustments

1 4

6

5

2

7 3

6 Use the STYLUS to touch the center of the 1/2 TARGET. 7 When the TARGETS display in new areas, touch each at the center until all 7 are completed. 8 When the message “Touch the screen to see if the cursor moves to your finger...”. displays, touch the screen in the 7 test areas. 9 Check that the cursor moves to your finger in the 7 test areas on the TOUCH SCREEN. 10 If the cursor operates: Correct

Not Correct

a. Touch [Yes] to leave the calibration. Touch [No] to do the calibration again. b. On the “TSHARC Properties” screen, touch [Cancel].

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 42 of 186

Adjustments

FILM FEED ROLLER DRIVE AY Adjustment Specification Purpose: Specification: Special Tools:

To align the IDLER ROLLER with the DRIVE ROLLER. The contact of the IDLER ROLLER and DRIVE ROLLER is parallel. None

Prerequisites: None

To Check: DRIVE ROLLER

DRIVE SHAFT

1 Check the alignment of the IDLER ROLLER and DRIVE ROLLER. a Rotate the DRIVE SHAFT in both directions at the DRIVE GEAR. b Check that the contact of the IDLER ROLLER and DRIVE ROLLER is parallel.

IDLER ROLLER

DRIVE GEARS H199_1540AA

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 43 of 186

Adjustments

To Adjust: 1 Adjust the FILM FEED ROLLER DRIVE AY.

FILM FEED ROLLER DRIVE AY DRIVE ROLLER

2 IDLER GEARS

a Rotate the DRIVE SHAFT until the 2 DOWEL PINS in the 2 DRIVE GEARS are horizontal. b Remove the 2 E-RINGS from the 2 DRIVE GEARS.

IDLER ROLLER

2 DRIVE GEARS

2 IDLER GEARS

2 DRIVE GEARS

c Move the 2 DRIVE GEARS approximately 13 mm (0.5 in.) toward the center of the DRIVE SHAFT. d Lift up on the IDLER ROLLER to make it tight with the DRIVE ROLLER.

2 E-RINGS

DRIVE SHAFT

2 DOWEL PINS H199_1541GA

e Carefully move the 2 DRIVE GEARS, one at a time, toward the 2 IDLER GEARS until the GEARS align at the horizontal position of the DOWEL PIN. f Install the 2 E-RINGS. 2 Check that the contact of the IDLER ROLLER and DRIVE ROLLER is parallel.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 44 of 186

Replacements

Section 2: Replacements DICOM RASTER ENGINE (DRE) COMPUTER and COVER Prerequisites: None

To Remove: 1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch: • “power” icon • [Shut Down] SCREW

Caution

Dangerous Voltage 2 Disconnect the POWER CORD. 3 Open the BACK DOOR. DRE COMPUTER ELECTRONICS PANEL H199_1621AA

4 Loosen the SCREW. 5 Remove the ELECTRONICS PANEL.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 45 of 186

Replacements

6 Disconnect: LOCAL PANEL CUSTOMER NETWORK

• 120 V AC from the UPS • LOCAL PANEL power/speaker • Customer network

USB TO EBA

LOCAL PANEL DATA

• USB to the EBA • LOCAL PANEL data • COM 2 to the EBA

COM 2 to EBA 120 V AC from UPS

SCREW

PS/2 to LOCAL PANEL

• PS/2 to the LOCAL PANEL 7 Remove the SCREW. 8 Pull the DRE COMPUTER toward you.

3 SCREWS

9 Remove: • 3 SCREWS

COVER

• COVER

H199_1620GA

To Install: 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 46 of 186

Replacements

DRE COMPUTER - HARD DRIVE Prerequisites: 1 Remove the DICOM RASTER ENGINE (DRE) COMPUTER and COVER.

To Remove: 4 SCREWS

ESD Possible damage from electrostatic discharge.

1 Remove the 4 SCREWS. 2 Disconnect the 2 CABLE CONNECTORS. 3 Remove the HARD DRIVE.

HARD DRIVE

2 CABLE CONNECTORS

To Install: 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: 1 Load the new version of the system software for the DRE on the HARD DRIVE. See Upgrading the DRE with a New Version of the System Software - “Ghosting”. 2 Restore the system configuration. See Making a Configuration Backup.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 47 of 186

Replacements

DRE COMPUTER - DVD DRIVE Prerequisites: 1 Remove the DICOM RASTER ENGINE (DRE) COMPUTER and COVER.

To Remove: 4 SCREWS

ESD Possible damage from electrostatic discharge.

1 Disconnect: • 2 CABLE CONNECTORS ON THE HARD DRIVE • 2 CABLE CONNECTORS ON THE DVD DRIVE 2 Remove: HARD DRIVE 2 CABLE CONNECTORS

• 4 SCREWS from the bottom of the DRE COMPUTER

DVD DRIVE

• 4 SCREWS on the two sides

2 CABLE CONNECTORS

• DVD DRIVE

4 SCREWS

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 48 of 186

To Install: 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: None

Replacements

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 49 of 186

Replacements

DRE COMPUTER - POWER SUPPLY Prerequisites: 1 Remove: • DICOM RASTER ENGINE (DRE) COMPUTER and COVER

To Remove: DVD DRIVE

2 CABLE CONNECTORS

ESD

MOTHERBOARD POWER CABLE

Possible damage from electrostatic discharge.

1 Disconnect: • 2 CABLE CONNECTORS on the HARD DRIVE • 2 CABLE CONNECTORS on the DVD DRIVE • MOTHERBOARD POWER CABLE 2 Remove: • 2 SCREWS on the back of the ENCLOSURE

HARD DRIVE 2 CABLE CONNECTORS

• One SCREW inside the ENCLOSURE

SCREW

• POWER SUPPLY

POWER SUPPLY ENCLOSURE

2 SCREWS

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 50 of 186

To Install: 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: None

Replacements

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 51 of 186

Replacements

DRE COMPUTER - FANS Prerequisites: 1 Remove the DICOM RASTER ENGINE (DRE) COMPUTER and COVER.

To Remove: 4 SCREWS

2 FAN CABLES

ESD Possible damage from electrostatic discharge.

CABLE

1 Disconnect the 2 FAN CABLES. 2 Remove: • 4 SCREWS for each FAN • 2 FANS

2 FANS

To Install: 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 52 of 186

Replacements

EXPOSURE BRIDGE AY (EBA) Prerequisites: None

To Remove:

USB H199_1543BA

Important

The EBA AY includes the MCS MASTER CPU BOARD and the EBA BOARD. 1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch: • “power” icon • [Shut Down]

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 53 of 186

Replacements

FAZ HOSE

Caution

Dangerous Voltage 2 Disconnect the POWER CORD.

VERTICAL DUCT

3 Open the BACK DOOR. 4 Remove the VERTICAL DUCT. a. Remove the ELECTRONICS PANEL. 2 SCREWS PLENUM COUPLING

b. Disconnect the FAZ HOSE from the VERTICAL DUCT. c. Remove the 2 SCREWS. d. Disconnect the VERTICAL DUCT from the PLENUM COUPLING.

EBA BOARD 7 SCREWS

5 Disconnect CABLES from: • J1 - J7 • J9 - J19 • J21 - J23 2 corner PINS

6 Remove the 7 SCREWS. 7 Pull the EBA from the 2 corner PINS.

CABLES

H199_1596GA

To Install: 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure. 2 Upgrade the software in the new MCS MASTER CPU BOARD. See Upgrading the Software Applications for the MCS MASTER CPU BOARD and the MICRO BOARDS.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 54 of 186

Replacements

3 Upgrade the software in the new EBA BOARD and all other MICROCONTROLLERS on the I2C bus that do not have compatible software. See Upgrading the “Microcontroller” Application when a New MICRO BOARD is Installed.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 55 of 186

Replacements

ROLLBACK MODULE Prerequisites: None

To Remove: TRACK ROLLBACK MODULE FILM CARTRIDGE

Important

This procedure applies to all 3 ROLLBACK MODULES. 1 Use the LOCAL PANEL to open the DRAWER. 2 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:

SLIDE SLIDE BEARINGS

• “power” icon DRAWER

H199_1544AA

• [Shut Down] Important

Most parts of the ROLLBACK MODULE can be installed with the DRAWER opened, without removing the DRAWER and ROLLBACK MODULE. 3 If necessary, remove the DRAWER together with the ROLLBACK MODULE, by pulling the DRAWER from the IMAGER on the SLIDES.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 56 of 186

Replacements

To Install: Caution

• When you install the DRAWER on the SLIDES, you must check that the SLIDES are aligned correctly with the TRACKS. • To prevent damage to the SLIDE BEARINGS, the SLIDES must be horizontal when inserted into the TRACKS. 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 57 of 186

Replacements

ROLLBACK CARTRIDGE PRESENCE SENSOR Prerequisites: None

To Remove: SCREW

Important

SENSOR ROLLBACK ROLLER

This procedure applies to all 3 ROLLBACK MODULES. 1 Use the LOCAL PANEL to open the DRAWER. 2 Move the ROLLBACK ROLLER to the top of the TRAY. 3 Remove the SCREW.

TRAY CONNECTOR H199_1545AA

Caution

Use caution not to damage the SENSOR. 4 Disconnect the CONNECTOR. 5 Remove the SENSOR.

To Install: 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 58 of 186

Replacements

ROLLBACK HOME SENSOR Prerequisites: None

To Remove: ROLLBACK ROLLER

Important

SCREW SENSOR

CONNECTOR

This procedure applies to all 3 ROLLBACK MODULES. 1 Use the LOCAL PANEL to open the DRAWER. 2 Place the ROLLBACK ROLLER on top of the TRAY. 3 Remove the SENSOR SCREW.

TRAY

Caution

Use caution not to damage the SENSOR. H199_1546AA

4 Disconnect the CONNECTOR. 5 Remove the SENSOR.

To Install: 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 59 of 186

Replacements

ROLLBACK OPEN SENSOR Prerequisites: None

To Remove: SCREW

COVER

Important

This procedure applies to all 3 ROLLBACK MODULES. 1 Use the LOCAL PANEL to open the DRAWER. 2 Remove:

SCREW

• SCREW

SENSOR

• COVER • SENSOR SCREW 3 Disconnect the CONNECTOR. 4 Remove the SENSOR.

CONNECTOR H199_1547GA

To Install: 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 60 of 186

Replacements

ROLLBACK MOTOR Prerequisites: None

To Remove: Important

This procedure applies to all 3 ROLLBACK MODULES. 1 Use the LOCAL PANEL to open the DRAWER. 2 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch: • “power” icon • [Shut Down] MOUNTING PLATE

ROLLBACK ROLLER

E-RING

SHAFT

ROLLBACK MOTOR

CABLE TIE DOWEL PIN TRAY

2 SCREWS

GEAR

CONNECTOR

H199_1548BA

3 Move the ROLLBACK ROLLER to approximately the center of the TRAY. 4 Remove the 2 SCREWS. 5 Cut the CABLE TIE. 6 Disconnect the CONNECTOR.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 61 of 186

Replacements

7 Remove: • E-RING from the SHAFT • GEAR • DOWEL PIN

To Install: 1 Before you install the 2 SCREWS, rotate the ROLLBACK MOTOR on the MOUNTING PLATE until: • GEARS align • ROLLBACK MOTOR is flat against the MOUNTING PLATE 2 Install a new CABLE TIE around the ROLLBACK MOTOR, next to the CONNECTOR. 3 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 62 of 186

Replacements

ROLLBACK ROLLER Prerequisites: None

To Remove: Important

This procedure applies to all 3 ROLLBACK MODULES.

ACTUATOR KNOB

FRONT LINK

FLAG

ROLLBACK ROLLER

GEAR

BEARING

ROLLBACK ROLLER

KNOB

SPRING E-RING

ROLLBACK ROLLER

back DRAWER TRAY front H199_1549HA

1 Use the LOCAL PANEL to open the DRAWER. 2 Move the ROLLBACK ROLLER to approximately the center of the TRAY.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 63 of 186

Replacements

3 From the front of the DRAWER, remove: • E-RING • KNOB • ACTUATOR GUARD • FRONT LINK • SPRING Caution

You must hold the BEARING, GEAR, and FLAG at the back end of the TRAY to prevent the items from falling. 4 From the front of the DRAWER, remove the ROLLBACK ROLLER from the BEARING, GEAR, and FLAG on the back end.

To Install: Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 64 of 186

Replacements

RF TAG ANTENNA BOARD Prerequisites: 1 Remove the ROLLBACK MODULE.

To Remove: 4 NUTS

Important

RF TAG ANTENNA BOARD

This procedure applies to all 3 ROLLBACK MODULES. 1 Rotate the ROLLBACK MODULE and DRAWER bottom up. 2 Place the ROLLBACK MODULE and DRAWER on a stable surface. 3 Remove the 4 NUTS.

CONNECTOR H199_1550AA

ROLLBACK MODULE and DRAWER

To Install: 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure

Postrequisites: None

4 Disconnect the RF TAG ANTENNA BOARD from the CONNECTOR.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 65 of 186

Replacements

RF TAG READER BOARD Prerequisites: None

To Remove: RF TAG READER BOARD

2 SCREWS

1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch: • “power” icon • [Shut Down] Caution

Dangerous Voltage 2 Disconnect the POWER CORD. 3 Open the BACK DOOR. 4 Remove: H199_1551AA

4 CONNECTOR PLUGS

• 4 CONNECTOR PLUGS • 2 SCREWS • RF TAG READER BOARD

To Install: 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure. 2 Energize the IMAGER. 3 If a 20-156 error occurs, indicating the software is not compatible, upgrade the software in the new RF TAG READER BOARD. See Upgrading the “Microcontroller” Application when a New MICRO BOARD is Installed.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 66 of 186

Replacements

PICKUP AND FEED MODULE Prerequisites: None

To Remove: PICKUP AND FEED MODULE

LOCK SCREW

SHIPPING LOCK

Important

This procedure applies to all 3 PICKUP AND FEED MODULES. 1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch: • “power” icon • [Shut Down] Important

H199_1552AA

The PICKUP AND FEED MODULE must be in the up position before you engage the SHIPPING LOCK. 2 Engage the SHIPPING LOCK. a Loosen the LOCK SCREW. b Move the SHIPPING LOCK fully to the left. c Tighten the LOCK SCREW.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 67 of 186

2 SCREWS

PICKUP AND FEED MODULE

Replacements

3 At the front of the IMAGER, remove the 2 SCREWS. 4 Pull the PICKUP AND FEED MODULE from the IMAGER. 5 Set the MODULE, with the bottom up, on a stable surface.

H199_1553AA

To Install: 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure. Caution

To prevent damage, the SHIPPING LOCK must be disengaged before you apply power. 2 Disengage the SHIPPING LOCK. a Loosen the LOCK SCREW. b Move the SHIPPING LOCK fully to the right. c Tighten the LOCK SCREW.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 68 of 186

Replacements

FILM FEED ROLLER DRIVE AY Prerequisites: 1 Remove the PICKUP AND FEED MODULE.

To Remove: 3 NUTS

Important FILM FEED ROLLER DRIVE AY

3 NUTS

This procedure applies to all 3 PICKUP AND FEED MODULES. 1 Remove the 3 NUTS from each end of the FILM FEED ROLLER DRIVE AY. Important

Do not do Step 2 for access to other parts. 2 If necessary, cut the CABLE TIE. 3 Disconnect the CONNECTOR. CABLE TIE

4 Remove the FILM FEED ROLLER DRIVE AY. CONNECTOR

H199_1554GA

To Install: 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: 1 Adjust the FILM FEED ROLLER DRIVE AY.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 69 of 186

Replacements

FILM FEED HEEL AY Prerequisites: 1 Remove the PICKUP AND FEED MODULE.

To Remove: E-RING

PIVOT PULLEY PIN

2 HEEL SHAFTS

HEEL AY

DRIVE CABLE

SHIPPING LOCK 4 E-RINGS

PICKUP FRAME 2 HEEL SPRINGS H199_1555BA

1 Disengage the SHIPPING LOCK to allow the HEEL AY to move to the up position. 2 Remove: • E-RING • PIVOT PULLEY PIN 3 Disconnect the DRIVE CABLE from the HEEL AY. 4 Use the SPRING HOOK TL-5712 to disconnect the 2 HEEL SPRINGS.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 70 of 186

Replacements

5 Disconnect the HEEL AY from the PICKUP FRAME. Remove: • 4 E-RINGS • 2 HEEL SHAFTS 6 Rotate the HEEL AY to locate other components. Note

Normally the HEEL AY is disconnected not for replacement, but to provide access to other components.

To Install: 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 71 of 186

Replacements

HEEL PADS Prerequisites: 1 Remove the PICKUP AND FEED MODULE.

To Remove: SENSOR

HEEL AY

Important

This procedure applies to all 3 PICKUP AND FEED MODULES. 3 HEEL PADS

1 Place the HEEL AY in the up position. Caution

Use caution not to damage the SENSOR. 2 Carefully remove the 3 HEEL PADS. 3 Use ALCOHOL WIPES to clean the old adhesive from the 3 HEELS. H199_1556GA

4 Check that all the old adhesive is removed. Note

If the new PADS do not adhere correctly, operation problems can result.

To Install: 1 Remove the layer of paper from the adhesive surface of the new HEEL PAD. 2 Apply one edge of the HEEL PAD to the HEEL AY.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 72 of 186

Caution

Do not to leave any air bubbles between the PAD and the HEEL AY. 3 Press the adhesive surface to the HEEL AY from one side to the other.

Postrequisites: None

Replacements

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 73 of 186

Replacements

FEED ROLLER OPEN SENSOR and FILM AT FEED SENSOR Prerequisites: 1 Remove: • PICKUP AND FEED MODULE • FILM FEED ROLLER DRIVE AY

To Remove: Important

This procedure applies to all 3 PICKUP AND FEED MODULES.

CONNECTORS

1 For either SENSOR: a. Remove the SCREW. b. Disconnect the CONNECTOR from the SENSOR. FILM AT FEED SENSOR

FEED ROLLER OPEN SENSOR SCREW

SCREW

H199_1557GA

To Install: 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: Do the alignment for the FILM FEED ROLLER DRIVE AY.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 74 of 186

Replacements

PICKUP HOME SENSOR and CUPS ENGAGED SENSOR Prerequisites: 1 Remove: • PICKUP AND FEED MODULE • FILM FEED HEEL AY

To Remove: SCREW

Important SCREW

PICKUP SENSOR

CUPS ENGAGED SENSOR

This procedure applies to all 3 PICKUP AND FEED MODULES. 1 For either SENSOR: a. Remove the SCREW. b. Disconnect the CONNECTOR from the SENSOR.

CONNECTOR

H199_1558AA

To Install: 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 75 of 186

Replacements

FILM OUT SENSOR Prerequisites: 1 Remove the PICKUP AND FEED MODULE.

To Remove: Important

SCREW

This procedure applies to all 3 PICKUP AND FEED MODULES.

FILM OUT SENSOR

1 Remove the SCREW. 2 Disconnect the CONNECTOR from the FILM OUT SENSOR. 3 Remove the FILM OUT SENSOR.

CONNECTOR

H199_1559AA

To Install: 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 76 of 186

Replacements

FEED ROLLER CLOSE MOTOR Prerequisites: 1 Remove the PICKUP AND FEED MODULE.

To Remove: 2 SCREWS MOUNTING PLATE

4 SCREWS

Important

This procedure applies to all 3 PICKUP AND FEED MODULES.

E-RING GEAR DOWEL PIN

1 Disconnect the CONNECTOR. SHAFT

2 Remove: • 4 SCREWS • FEED ROLLER CLOSE MOTOR with the GEAR

FEED ROLLER CLOSE MOTOR

• 2 SCREWS CONNECTOR H199_1560GA

• MOUNTING PLATE 3 Remove from the FEED ROLLER CLOSE MOTOR: • E-RING • GEAR • DOWEL PIN

To Install: 1 Install on the SHAFT of the new FEED ROLLER CLOSE MOTOR: • DOWEL PIN • GEAR • E-RING

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 77 of 186

2 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: None

Replacements

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 78 of 186

Replacements

FILM FEED DRIVE BELT Prerequisites: 1 Remove the PICKUP AND FEED MODULE.

To Remove: Important DRIVE BELT

This procedure applies to all 3 PICKUP AND FEED MODULES.

SCREW PULLEY

1 Remove:

IDLER SHAFT

• SCREW • IDLER SHAFT • PULLEY • 4 SCREWS 2 Move the MOTOR and PULLEY approximately 13 mm (0.5 in.). 3 Remove the DRIVE BELT.

4 SCREWS MOTOR H199_1561GA

To Install: 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 79 of 186

Replacements

FILM FEED MOTOR Prerequisites: 1 Remove the PICKUP AND FEED MODULE.

To Remove: E-RING

FILM FEED MOTOR

Important

This procedure applies to all 3 PICKUP AND FEED MODULES.

SHAFT BELT TENSIONER

1 Remove the BELT TENSIONER.

GEAR

2 Disconnect the CONNECTOR from the FILM FEED MOTOR. 3 Remove: 4 SCREWS

E-RING

CONNECTOR

• E-RING from the end of the SHAFT • 4 SCREWS - T20, Torx • FILM FEED MOTOR • GEAR

H199_1562GA

To Install: 1 Install on the SHAFT: • GEAR • E-RING 2 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: None

• E-RING

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 80 of 186

Replacements

PICKUP MOTOR Prerequisites: 1 Remove the PICKUP AND FEED MODULE.

To Remove: 4 SCREWS

4 NUTS BRACKET DRIVER PULLEY

PICKUP MOTOR

Important

This procedure applies to all 3 PICKUP AND FEED MODULES. 1 Engage the SHIPPING LOCK.

E-RING

2 Move the DRIVER PULLEY forward to loosen the DRIVE CABLE. 3 Remove:

DRIVE CABLE

• DRIVE CABLE • E-RING • DRIVER PULLEY 4 Disconnect the CONNECTOR for the PICKUP MOTOR.

CONNECTOR

5 Remove the 4 NUTS.

DRIVE CABLE

6 Lift the PICKUP MOTOR and BRACKET up.

SHIPPING LOCK H199_1563GA

7 Remove the 4 SCREWS to release the PICKUP MOTOR.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 81 of 186

Replacements

To Install: Important

Before you install the PICKUP AND FEED MODULE in the IMAGER, you must check that the DRIVE CABLE is installed correctly. 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 82 of 186

Replacements

VACUUM VALVE Prerequisites: 1 Remove the PICKUP AND FEED MODULE.

To Remove: 2 NUTS

Important VACUUM VALVE

This procedure applies to all 3 PICKUP AND FEED MODULES. 1 Disconnect: • VACUUM HOSE

CONNECTOR

• CONNECTOR 2 Remove: • 2 NUTS • VACUUM VALVE

VACUUM HOSE

H199_1564GA

To Install: 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 83 of 186

Replacements

VACUUM PUMP Prerequisites: 1 Remove the PICKUP AND FEED MODULE.

To Remove: Important

VACUM PUMP FOAM PAD NUT

COVER

LOOP CLAMP

This procedure applies to all 3 PICKUP AND FEED MODULES. 1 Disconnect:

BOLT

• VACUUM HOSE

CONNECTOR VACUUM HOSE

• CONNECTOR 2 Remove: • NUT from the LOOP CLAMP • VACUUM PUMP and adhesive FOAM PAD

H199_1565GA

To Install: 1 Use ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL and a WIPE to clean the adhesive from the VACUUM PUMP installation area. 2 Place the LOOP CLAMP on the PUMP. 3 Align the PUMP with FOAM PAD on the BASE. 4 Place the ends of the LOOP CLAMP on the BOLT to set the correct area for installation. 5 Remove the COVER from the FOAM PAD.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 84 of 186

Replacements

6 With the PUMP and FOAM PAD on the installation area, press down to adhere the FOAM PAD and PUMP to the BASE. 7 Install: • NUT for the LOOP CLAMP • CONNECTOR • VACUUM HOSE on the PUMP

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 85 of 186

Replacements

SUCTION CUPS Prerequisites: 1 Remove the PICKUP AND FEED MODULE.

To Remove: Important

This procedure applies to all 3 PICKUP AND FEED MODULES.

4 SUCTION CUPS

1 Rotate the SUCTION CUP counterclockwise.

H199_1

To Install: 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 86 of 186

Replacements

CARTRIDGE CONTROL BOARD Prerequisites: None

To Remove: 1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch: 8 SCREWS

CARTRIDGE CONTROL BOARD

• “power” icon • [Shut Down] Caution

Dangerous Voltage. 2 Disconnect the POWER CORD. 3 Open the BACK DOOR. H199_1567AA

4 Disconnect CABLES from: • J100 - J102 • J200 - J202 • J300 - J302 5 Remove: • 8 SCREWS • CARTRIDGE CONTROL BOARD

To Install: 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure. 2 Energize the IMAGER.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 87 of 186

Replacements

3 If a 20-156 error occurs, indicating the software is not compatible, upgrade the software in the new CARTRIDGE CONTROL BOARD. See Upgrading the “Microcontroller” Application when a New MICRO BOARD is Installed.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 88 of 186

Replacements

VERTICAL TRANSPORT MODULE Prerequisites: None

To Remove: LOCKING PIN

1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch: • “power” icon • [Shut Down]

UPPER FRAME

Caution

Dangerous Voltage 2 Disconnect the POWER CORD. 3 Open the left FRONT DOOR. 4 From the front of the IMAGER, remove the SCREW. 5 Pull the VERTICAL TRANSPORT MODULE forward approximately 12 mm (0.5 in.) 6 Move the VERTICAL TRANSPORT MODULE left to disengage it from the LOCKING PIN on the top right.

SCREW

H199_1568CA

VERTICAL TRANSPORT MODULE

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 89 of 186

Replacements

Caution

To prevent damage to the lower part of the VERTICAL TRANSPORT MODULE, you must lift and move the top of the MODULE through the UPPER FRAME when you remove it. 7 Pull the VERTICAL TRANSPORT MODULE forward to remove it from the IMAGER.

To Install: 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 90 of 186

Replacements

FILM AT PROCESSOR SENSOR Prerequisites: 1 Remove the VERTICAL TRANSPORT MODULE.

To Remove: 1 If necessary, loosen the 2 GUIDE SCREWS to allow access to the SENSOR SCREW.

CONNECTOR

PROCESSOR SENSOR ACTUATOR FLAG

SENSOR SCREW

2 Remove the SENSOR SCREW. 2 GUIDE SCREWS

Caution

Use caution not to damage the ACTUATOR FLAG of the PROCESSOR SENSOR. 3 Disconnect the CONNECTOR. 4 Remove the PROCESSOR SENSOR.

H199_1569GA

To Install: 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 91 of 186

Replacements

VERTICAL TRANSPORT UP and DOWN MOTORS Prerequisites: 1 Remove the VERTICAL TRANSPORT MODULE.

To Remove: 1 Disconnect the POWER CORD. 2 For either MOTOR, do: TENSIONER

a Loosen the TENSIONER.

BELT

b Remove the BELT. CONNECTOR 3 SCREWS

c Disconnect the CONNECTOR to the MOTOR. d Remove:

E-RING

MOTOR PULLEY

• 3 SCREWS • E-RING • PULLEY

TENSIONER

• MOTOR 3 SCREWS

H199_1570CA

CONNECTOR

To Install: 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 92 of 186

Replacements

VERTICAL TRANSPORT BELTS Prerequisites: 1 Remove the VERTICAL TRANSPORT MODULE.

To Remove: 1 Disconnect the POWER CORD. 2 If the BELT has a TENSIONER, do:

M4 SCREW

a Loosen the M4 SCREW. b Rotate the TENSIONER to loosen the tension and tighten the M4 SCREW.

F TENSIONER C

3 Remove the BELTS:

PULLEY

BELT

A 2 E-RINGS

Action

a. Remove: • 2 E-RINGS

BELT D

B

• both PULLEYS a. Remove: • BELT A

A G H

• lower E-RING C

• lower PULLEY a. Remove BELT A.

D

b. Loosen the TENSIONER. a. Remove:

E

B

H199_1571CA

• 2 E-RINGS • both PULLEYS

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 93 of 186

BELT

E

Replacements

Action

a. Remove: • 2 E-RINGS

F

• both PULLEYS a. Remove BELT D.

G

b. Loosen the TENSIONER. a. Remove BELTS D and E.

H

b. Loosen the TENSIONER. a. Remove BELT E. b. Loosen the TENSIONER.

To Install: 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure. 2 When installing the BELTS, do: a Align the DRIVE SHAFTS and the PULLEY. b Move the PULLEY and BELT onto both SHAFTS. 3 If the BELT uses a TENSIONER, do: Important

The M4 SCREW for the TENSIONER must be tightened, or the TENSIONER might loosen and cause film jams. a After the BELT is installed, loosen the M4 SCREW to release the TENSIONER. b Tighten the M4 SCREW.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 94 of 186

Replacements

PROCESSOR - ENTRANCE GUIDE AY Prerequisites: None.

To Remove: 1 Release the 2 LATCHES. 2 LATCHES

2 Remove: • 4 SCREWS • ENTRANCE GUIDE

ENTRANCE GUIDE

4 SCREWS

H199_0729ACB H199_0729AC

To Install: Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 95 of 186

Replacements

PROCESSOR - ENTRANCE GUIDE FRAME Prerequisites: 1 Remove the PROCESSOR - ENTRANCE GUIDE AY.

To Remove: 1 Remove the 4 SCREWS. ENTRANCE GUIDE FRAME

2 Separate the ENTRANCE GUIDE FRAME from the FILM GUIDE. 3 Remove both pieces of INSULATION.

FILM GUIDE

INSULATION

4 SCREWS H199_1618ACA H199_1618AC

To Install: Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 96 of 186

Replacements

PROCESSOR - VERTICAL DRUM GUIDE Prerequisites: 1 Remove the PROCESSOR - ENTRANCE GUIDE AY.

To Remove: 1 Remove: • 4 SCREWS • VERTICAL DRUM GUIDE

VERTICAL DRUM GUIDE 4 SCREWS

H199_1623ACA H199_1623AC

To Install: Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 97 of 186

Replacements

PROCESSOR - DRUM Prerequisites: None

To Remove: 1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch: • “power” icon DRUM COVER

• [Shut Down] Caution

Dangerous High Voltage. DRUM

2 Disconnect the POWER CORD. 3 Open the BACK DOOR. LATCHES

Caution

top COVER

Hot Surface. 4 Release the LATCHES. SCREW

5 Open the DRUM COVER. 6 Allow the DRUM to cool. 7 Remove: H199_1519GA

• SCREW • top COVER

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS

Replacements

15JUL05 8F1621 Page 98 of 186

8 Loosen the BELT TENSIONER. 9 Remove the DRUM DRIVE BELT from the large DRUM PULLEY. 10 Set the DRUM DRIVE BELT on the ROTATING PROCESSOR BOARD. DRUM DRIVE BELT

11 Holding the DRUM PULLEY on one end of the DRUM and the KNOB on the other end, lift the DRUM from the PROCESSOR.

DRUM PULLEY

12 Set the DRUM on a flat surface. ROTATING PROCESSOR BOARD

BELT TENSIONER

KNOB DRUM

DRUM PULLEY H199_1572GA

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 99 of 186

Replacements

To Install: 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

DRUM

2 Check:

PULLEY SLIP RINGS

CHASSIS SIDE PLATE BEARING GROOVE

• The BEARING GROOVE on the PULLEY end of the DRUM is installed in the CHASSIS SIDE PLATE. • The SLIP RINGS are aligned on the BRUSHES.

DRIVE BELT

• The DRIVE BELT is placed on the BELT TENSIONER.

BRUSHES BELT TENSIONER

Postrequisites: None

H199_1573AA

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 100 of 186

Replacements

PROCESSOR - DRUM DRIVE BELT Prerequisites: 1 Remove the PROCESSOR - DRUM.

To Remove: 1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch: • “power” icon • [Shut Down] Caution

Dangerous Voltage 2 Disconnect the POWER CORD. 3 Remove the E-RING. MAIN DRIVE PULLEY

DRUM DRIVE BELT E-RING

SHAFT

H199_1574AA

To Install: Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: None

4 Lift the SHAFT of the MAIN DRIVE PULLEY. 5 Remove the DRUM DRIVE BELT.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 101 of 186

Replacements

PROCESSOR - MOTOR DRIVE BELT Prerequisites: None

To Remove: 1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:

MOTOR DRIVE BELT

• “power” icon • [Shut Down] Caution

Dangerous Voltage 2 Disconnect the POWER CORD. 3 Move the MOTOR DRIVE BELT from the MAIN DRIVE PULLEY.

MAIN DRIVE PULLEY E-RING

SHAFT

H199_1575AA

4 Remove the E-RING. 5 Lift the SHAFT of the MAIN DRIVE PULLEY. 6 Remove the MOTOR DRIVE BELT.

To Install: Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 102 of 186

Replacements

PROCESSOR - COOLING FAN Prerequisites: None

To Remove: 1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch: 3 SCREWS COOLING FAN CONNECTOR

• “power” icon • [Shut Down] Caution

Dangerous Voltage 2 Disconnect the POWER CORD. 3 Open the BACK DOOR. 4 Remove the 3 SCREWS. 5 Disconnect the CONNECTOR. 6 Remove the COOLING FAN.

H199_1520GCA H199_1520GC

To Install: Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 103 of 186

Replacements

PROCESSOR - UPPER FAZ TRAP Prerequisites None

To Remove: 1 Remove: FAZ HOSES

DRUM COVER

• FRONT HOSE • BACK HOSE • 4 SCREWS 2 Open the DRUM COVER.

2 SCREWS

3 Remove 6 SCREWS. 4 Tilt and hold the opened DRUM COVER approximately 5 cm (2 in.) toward the closed position. 5 Move the UPPER FAZ TRAP a short distance under the DRUM COVER.

UPPER FAZ TRAP

4 SCREWS

H199_0746ACA H199_0746AC

6 Lift and remove the UPPER FAZ TRAP. 7 Return the DRUM COVER to the fully opened position.

To Install: Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 104 of 186

Replacements

PROCESSOR - LOWER FAZ TRAP Prerequisites None

To Remove: TOP HOOD

1 Open the TOP HOOD. 2 Remove the 2 SCREWS. 3 Pull the LOWER FAZ TRAP forward to remove it. 4 Lift the PLATE from the FRAME.

2 SCREWS

LOWER FAZ TRAP

PLATE

FRAME

H199 0 0 GCA

To Install: Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 105 of 186

Replacements

PROCESSOR - DRIVE MOTOR Prerequisites: 1 Remove the PROCESSOR - COOLING FAN.

To Install: 1 Remove: • E-RING • 3 SCREWS • MOTOR

E-RING

• PULLEY PULLEY

• CONNECTOR

MOTOR CONNECTOR

3 SCREWS

H199_1521ACA H199_1521AC

To Install: Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: None

PROCESSOR - BRUSH AY Prerequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 106 of 186

Replacements

To Remove: 1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch: • “power” icon

top COVER

• [Shut Down] 3 SCREWS

Caution

Dangerous Voltage

bottom COVER

2 Disconnect the POWER CORD.

SCREW

3 Open the back DOOR. PHOTODETECTOR BRACKET 2 SCREWS BRUSH AY

4 Remove: • 3 SCREWS • top and bottom COVERS • SCREW

PLATE

• PHOTODETECTOR BRACKET 5 Disconnect the 5 wires from the BRUSH AY.

5 wires H199_1576CA

6 Remove: • 2 SCREWS to free the PLATE • BRUSH AY

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 107 of 186

Replacements

To Install: 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure. BRUSH AY

2 Check that the wires are connected correctly. Important

red blue

yellow

Do not tighten the BRUSH AY. 3 Align the BRUSH AY. See PROCESSOR - BRUSHES.

black green

H199_1577AA

4 Use the SERVICE TOOL to check for correct wire configuration in the PROCESSOR. See the DIAGNOSTICS MANUAL 8E5983: Section

Using the Diagnostics

Postrequisites: None

Procedure

PROCESSOR HEATER Wiring

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 108 of 186

Replacements

PROCESSOR - PHOTODETECTOR Prerequisites: None

To Remove: 1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:

top COVER

• “power” icon • [Shut Down] Caution SCREW

Dangerous Voltage 2 Disconnect the POWER CORD. 3 Remove:

3 SCREWS

• SCREW

bottom COVER H199_1578AA

• top COVER 4 Remove: • 3 SCREWS • bottom COVER

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 109 of 186

Replacements

5 Remove: PHOTODETECTOR

• SCREW COVER

• STAND

2 SCREWS

6 Disconnect the PHOTODETECTOR CABLE to the PROCESSOR CONTROL BOARD.

STAND HOLDER DETECTOR WINDOW

SCREW

7 Disconnect the wires from the CONNECTOR. 8 Remove:

CONNECTOR PHOTODETECTOR CABLE to the PROCESSOR CONTROL BOARD

H199_1579AA

• 2 SCREWS • PHOTODETECTOR with the HOLDER and the COVER from the STAND • PHOTODETECTOR from the HOLDER and the COVER

To Install: Important

When installing the PHOTODETECTOR, check that the DETECTOR WINDOW is toward the direction of the COVER. 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure. 2 Align the PROCESSOR - PHOTODETECTOR.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 110 of 186

Replacements

PROCESSOR CONTROL BOARD Prerequisites: None

To Remove: 1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch: • “power” icon

4 CONNECTORS

• [Shut Down] Caution

Dangerous Voltage 2 Disconnect the POWER CORD. 3 Open the BACK DOOR. 4 Disconnect the 4 CONNECTORS, J1 J4.

5 SCREWS

5 Remove: PROCESSOR CONTROL BOARD H199_1580AA

• 5 SCREWS • PROCESSOR CONTROL BOARD

To Install: 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure. 2 Energize the IMAGER. 3 If a 20-156 error occurs, indicating the software is not compatible, upgrade the software in the new PROCESSOR CONTROL BOARD. See Upgrading the “Microcontroller” Application when a New MICRO BOARD is Installed.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 111 of 186

Replacements

DENSITOMETER LIGHT SOURCE BOARD Prerequisites: None

To Remove: 1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch: • “power” icon top COVER

• [Shut Down]

4 SCREWS 4 SCREWS LIGHT SOURCE BOARD

Caution

Dangerous Voltage 2 Disconnect the POWER CORD. 3 Remove:

2 CONNECTORS

• 4 SCREWS • top COVER

LIGHT PIPES

H199_1581AA

4 Disconnect the 2 CONNECTORS. 5 Remove: • 4 SCREWS • LIGHT SOURCE BOARD

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 112 of 186

Replacements

To Install: Important

When installing a LIGHT SOURCE BOARD, you must thread the 4 SCREWS through the components of the LIGHT PIPES before tightening. 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 113 of 186

Replacements

FILM AT DENSITOMETER SENSOR Prerequisites: None

To Remove: 4 SCREWS

Caution

Dangerous Voltage top COVER

1 Disconnect the POWER CORD. FILM at DENSITOMETER SENSOR CONNECTOR BRACKET

2 SCREWS

2 Remove: • 4 SCREWS • top COVER 3 Remove: • 2 SCREWS • BRACKET with the FILM AT DENSITOMETER SENSOR 4 Disconnect the CONNECTOR. 5 Remove: • SCREW • FILM AT DENSITOMETER SENSOR

H199_1524GCA H199_1524GC

To Install: 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 114 of 186

Replacements

DENSITOMETER BOARD Prerequisites: None

To Remove: 1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch: 4 SCREWS

• “power” icon

top COVER 4 SCREWS

• [Shut Down] Caution

Dangerous Voltage DENSITOMETER BASE AY

2 Disconnect the POWER CORD. 3 Open the TOP HOOD. 4 Remove: • 4 SCREWS • top COVER 5 Remove: • 4 SCREWS • DENSITOMETER BASE AY

5 SCREWS

DENSITOMETER BOARD

6 Rotate the DENSITOMETER BASE AY clockwise. 7 Disconnect the CONNECTOR. ESD Possible damage from electrostatic discharge.

CONNECTOR

H199_1523CCA H199_1523CC

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 115 of 186

Replacements

8 Remove: • 5 SCREWS • DENSITOMETER BOARD

To Install: 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure. 2 If necessary, upgrade the software in the new DENSITOMETER BOARD. See Upgrading the “Microcontroller” Application when a New MICRO BOARD is Installed.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 116 of 186

Replacements

SORTER TRAYS Prerequisites: None

To Remove: 1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch: 3 back BOLTS front BOLT

5 FILM TRAYS

• “power” icon • [Shut Down] 2 Remove: • 3 back BOLTS • front BOLT

HOOD

H199_1504GCA H199_1504GC

To Install: 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 117 of 186

Replacements

TURNAROUND AY Prerequisites: None

To Remove: 1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch: • “power” icon

HOOD

• [Shut Down] Caution

TURNAROUND AY

Dangerous Voltage 3 SCREWS

2 Disconnect the POWER CORD. 3 Lift the HOOD. 4 Disconnect the TURNAROUND MOTOR CABLE. TURNAROUND MOTOR CABLE

5 Remove: • 3 SCREWS • TURNAROUND AY

H199_1501GCA H199_1501GC

To Install: 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 118 of 186

Replacements

EXIT PANEL Prerequisites: None

To Remove: 1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch: • “power” icon EXIT PANEL

• [Shut Down] Caution

Dangerous Voltage 2 Disconnect the POWER CORD. 3 Lift the HOOD. 5 SCREWS

4 Remove: • 5 SCREWS • EXIT PANEL

H199_1502GCA H199_1502GC

To Install: 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 119 of 186

Replacements

SORTER AY Prerequisites: None

To Remove: 1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch: SORTER CONNECTOR

• “power” icon • [Shut Down] Caution

Dangerous Voltage SCREW B

2 Disconnect the POWER CORD. 3 Disconnect the SORTER CONNECTOR.

SCREW A H199_1615AA

SCREWS D and E SCREW C

4 Remove the 5 SCREWS in this sequence: a. SCREW A from the front end on the PROCESSOR. b. Loosen, but do not remove, SCREW B in the same position on the back of the SORTER AY. c. Pull the LATCH down. d. Rotate the SORTER AY forward. e. Remove SCREW C from the front end.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 120 of 186

Replacements

5 Return the SORTER AY to the up position. 6 Remove SCREWS D and E. 7 Lift the front end of the SORTER AY. 8 Move the SORTER AY forward to release the SORTER AY from the SCREW on the back end.

To Install: 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 121 of 186

Replacements

SORTER - DRIVE SECTION Prerequisites: None

To Remove: SORTER CONNECTOR

1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch: • “power” icon

DRIVE SECTION

• [Shut Down] IDLER SECTION

Caution LATCH

Dangerous Voltage 2 Disconnect: • POWER CORD • SORTER CONNECTOR 3 Check that the LATCH is closed.

2 E-RINGS

4 Disengage the DRIVE SECTION from the IDLER SECTION.

2 BEARINGS PIVOT SHAFT

H199_1582GA

a Remove the 2 inside E-RINGS from the PIVOT SHAFT. keyhole slot

b Move the 2 BEARINGS toward the center of the PIVOT SHAFT. c Use the LATCH to disconnect the DRIVE SECTION. d Lift the DRIVE SECTION from the “keyhole slots” in the IDLER SECTION.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 122 of 186

To Install: 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: None.

Replacements

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 123 of 186

Replacements

SORTER - STEPPER DRIVE MOTOR Prerequisites: None

To Remove: 1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch: • “power” icon • [Shut Down] 2 Remove the SORTER - DRIVE SECTION. Caution

Dangerous Voltage 3 Disconnect the PLUG from the MOTOR. lower COUPLER SCREW

ISOLATION MOUNT

MOTOR

PLUG

Important MOTOR SHAFT

DOWEL PIN 2 SCREWS

Prevent the DOWEL PIN from falling. 4 Use a 3/32 in. ALLEN WRENCH to loosen the lower COUPLER SCREW for the MOTOR SHAFT. 5 Remove the 2 SCREWS.

H199_1583GA

6 Remove: • MOTOR • DOWEL PIN 7 Keep the PIN in a safe place.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 124 of 186

Replacements

To Install: Caution

Excessive torque can damage the 2 SCREWS in the ISOLATION MOUNT for the MOTOR. Do not exceed 12 in./lb of torque. 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 125 of 186

Replacements

SORTER - TORQUE ACTUATORS Prerequisites: None

To Remove: 1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:

LATCH SORTER COVER 5 COVER SCREWS

• “power” icon • [Shut Down]

SORTER

Caution DIVERTER BLADE

Dangerous Voltage.

COUPLER

2 Disconnect the POWER CORD. CONNECTOR

3 Remove:

BRACKET TORQUE ACTUATOR SPACER 2 NUTS

H199_1584CA

2 COUPLER SCREWS

CABLE

• 5 COVER SCREWS • SORTER COVER 4 Disconnect the CABLE from the TORQUE ACTUATOR. 5 Use a 5/64 in. ALLEN WRENCH to loosen the 2 COUPLER SCREWS to free the DIVERTER BLADE.

6 Pull the LATCH down and rotate the SORTER forward. 7 Remove the DIVERTER BLADE from the COUPLER. 8 Close the SORTER.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 126 of 186

Replacements

9 Remove: • COUPLER from the TORQUE ACTUATOR • 2 NUTS that hold the TORQUE ACTUATOR to the BRACKET 10 Disconnect the CONNECTOR from the BRACKET. 11 Remove the TORQUE ACTUATOR with the SPACER.

To Install: Caution

Excessive torque can damage the 2 COUPLER SCREWS. Do not exceed 3 in./lb of torque. 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 127 of 186

Replacements

SORTER - EMITTER BOARD Prerequisites: 1 Remove the SORTER - DRIVE SECTION.

To Remove: CABLE PLUG

1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch: • “power” icon • [Shut Down]

EMITTER BOARD

PARABOLIC REFLECTOR

Caution

Dangerous Voltage LED

2 Disconnect the POWER CORD. ESD

3 SCREWS

Possible damage from electrostatic discharge. H199_1585GA

3 Remove: • 3 SCREWS • EMITTER BOARD • CABLE PLUG 4 Remove the PARABOLIC REFLECTOR from the LED on the EMITTER BOARD for use on the new BOARD.

To Install: 1 Install the PARABOLIC REFLECTOR on the new EMITTER BOARD. 2 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 128 of 186

Replacements

SORTER - DETECTOR BOARD Prerequisites: None

To Remove: 1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:

SORTER COVER

• “power” icon

5 COVER SCREWS

• [Shut Down] Caution

CABLE

DETECTOR BOARD

Dangerous Voltage 2 Disconnect the POWER CORD.

3 SCREWS

3 Remove: • 5 COVER SCREWS • SORTER COVER 4 Remove:

H199_1586GA

• 3 SCREWS • CABLE • DETECTOR BOARD

To Install: 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 129 of 186

Replacements

SORTER CONTROL BOARD Prerequisites: None

To Remove: 1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:

LATCH COVER

SORTER

• “power” icon • [Shut Down] Caution

Dangerous Voltage 2 Disconnect the POWER CORD. 3 Remove:

5 SCREWS 4 CONNECTOR PLUGS SORTER CONTROL BOARD

• 5 SCREWS • COVER

6 SCREWS

4 Pull the LATCH down. 5 Rotate the SORTER forward. ESD Possible damage from electrostatic discharge. H199_1587CA

6 Remove: • 4 CONNECTOR PLUGS • 6 SCREWS • SORTER CONTROL BOARD

To Install: 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 130 of 186

Replacements

2 Energize the IMAGER. 3 If a 20-156 error occurs, indicating the software is not compatible, upgrade the software in the new SORTER CONTROL BOARD. See Upgrading the “Microcontroller” Application when a New MICRO BOARD is Installed.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 131 of 186

Replacements

IMAGING AY Prerequisites: None

To Remove: Important

This procedure extends the IMAGING AY from the IMAGER on the SLIDES. It does not remove the IMAGING AY from the IMAGER. 1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch: • “power” icon • [Shut Down] Caution

Dangerous Voltage 2 Disconnect the POWER CORD. 3 CABLES

3 Open the BACK DOOR. 4 At the back of the IMAGER, do:

2 SCREWS

a Disconnect the 3 CABLES. b Remove the 2 SCREWS. 5 Open the left FRONT DOOR. 6 Extend the IMAGING AY from the IMAGER.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 132 of 186

Replacements

To Install: 1 Press down on the right STOP LEVER and up on the left STOP LEVER to release the SLIDES.

IMAGING AY

2 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

STOP LEVER

H199_1588AA

Postrequisites: None

SLIDES

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 133 of 186

Replacements

PLATEN FILM TRANSPORT Prerequisites: None

To Remove: FEED MOTOR

PLATEN FILM TRANSPORT CABLE TIES

CABLE

2 CABLE HARNESSES

SENSOR BRACKET AY SHIPPING BRACKET SCREW 4 SCREWS PLATEN LOAD MOTOR CONNECTOR

1 Extend the IMAGING AY. 2 Remove: • SCREW • SENSOR BRACKET AY 3 Remove the CABLE TIES holding the 2 CABLE HARNESSES to the back of the PLATEN FILM TRANSPORT. 4 Disconnect:

CARRIAGE AY PLATEN AY

• CABLE from the FEED MOTOR • PLATEN LOAD MOTOR CONNECTOR 5 Remove: • 4 SCREWS • SHIPPING BRACKET

H199_1589GA

6 Move: • CARRIAGE AY to the center of the PLATEN AY • PLATEN AY fully to the side opposite the PLATEN FILM TRANSPORT 7 Carefully lift and remove the PLATEN FILM TRANSPORT from the PLATEN AY.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 134 of 186

To Install: 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure. 2 Install new CABLE TIES to hold the 2 CABLE HARNESSES.

Postrequisites: None

Replacements

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 135 of 186

Replacements

PLATEN SWEEP MOTOR Prerequisites: None

To Remove: 2 SCREWS

PLATEN SWEEP MOTOR

1 Extend the IMAGING AY. GEAR

2 Disconnect: • CONNECTOR from the PLATEN SWEEP MOTOR • E-RING

E-RING

3 Remove the GEAR. 4 Remove:

CONNECTOR

• 2 SCREWS • PLATEN SWEEP MOTOR

H199_1590GA

To Install: 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 136 of 186

Replacements

PLATEN FEED MOTOR Prerequisites: None

To Remove: 1 Extend the IMAGING AY. PLATEN FEED MOTOR E-RING 2 SCREWS

CONNECTOR

2 Disconnect the CONNECTOR from the PLATEN FEED MOTOR. 3 Remove:

GEAR

• E-RING • GEAR • 2 SCREWS • PLATEN FEED MOTOR

H199_1591GA

To Install: 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 137 of 186

Replacements

PLATEN LOAD MOTOR Prerequisites: None

To Remove: 1 Extend the IMAGING AY. 2 Disconnect the CONNECTOR. 3 Remove: • 2 MOTOR SCREWS 2 PLATE SCREWS PLATE PLATEN LOAD MOTOR CONNECTOR H199_1592GA

2 MOTOR SCREWS

To Install: 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: None

• PLATEN LOAD MOTOR • 2 PLATE SCREWS • PLATE

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 138 of 186

Replacements

PLATEN CENTERING MOTOR Prerequisites: None

To Remove: 1 Extend the IMAGING AY. 2 Remove the E-RING. 3 Disconnect the CONNECTOR. 4 Remove: • 2 SCREWS • MOTOR BRACKET • MOTOR MOTOR BRACKET E-RING 4 SCREWS

CONNECTOR

2 SCREWS

MOTOR

H199_1593SS

To Install: 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: None

• 4 SCREWS • MOTOR from the MOTOR BRACKET

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 139 of 186

Replacements

PLATEN FILM CENTERING AY Prerequisites: None

To Remove: 2 LINK NUTS 2 SLOTS

IMAGING AY

LINK

MOTOR

right BRACKET AY

LEAD SCREW E-RING right BRACKET AY

H199_1594BA

LINK

2 NUTS

1 Extend the IMAGING AY. 2 On the right side of the IMAGING AY, do: a Make a mark of the position of the 2 NUTS above the 2 SLOTS in the right BRACKET AY to provide a reference for installation. b Remove the E-RING. c Disengage the LEAD SCREW from the LINK. d Rotate the LEAD SCREW into the MOTOR. e Remove: • 2 NUTS in the right BRACKET AY • 2 LINK NUTS • right BRACKET AY

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS

Replacements

15JUL05 8F1621 Page 140 of 186

3 On the left side of the IMAGING AY, remove: 2 SLIDE SCREWS

• 4 NUTS • left BRACKET AY

4 NUTS

• LINK

LINK

4 For each CENTERING SLIDE, do: a Move the SLIDE left and right for access to the 2 SLIDE SCREWS.

CENTERING SLIDES left BRACKET AY BRACKET AY

b Remove the 2 SLIDE SCREWS. SPRING

5 Lower and remove the CENTERING SLIDES. 6 If necessary to disassemble either BRACKET AY, remove: • SCREW

FINGER H199_1616GA

RETAINER

SCREW

• RETAINER • SPRING • FINGER

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 141 of 186

Replacements

To Install: right CENTERING FINGER 2 LINK NUTS PLATEN

left BRACKET AY

CENTERING SLIDES

2 SLIDE SCREWS

LINK right BRACKET AY

H199_1599BA

LINK

BRACKET AY 2 NUTS

1 Fasten the left CENTERING SLIDES to the PLATEN with the 2 SLIDE SCREWS. 2 Connect the LINK to the left CENTERING SLIDE with the 2 NUTS. 3 Insert the right CENTERING SLIDE into the LINK. 4 Connect the LINK to the right CENTERING SLIDE loosely with the 2 LINK NUTS. 5 If necessary, install on each BRACKET AY: • FINGER • RETAINER • SPRING • SCREW 6 Install the 2 BRACKET AYs. a Tighten the 2 NUTS on the left BRACKET AY. b Leave the 2 NUTS loose on the right BRACKET AY.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS

Replacements

15JUL05 8F1621 Page 142 of 186

SENSOR FEET

2 LINK NUTS E-RING

LEAD SCREW

LINK

FLAG

H199_1600BA

7 Move the LINK to place the FLAG next to the SENSOR FEET. 8 If necessary, rotate the LINK until the FLAG is in the center between the SENSOR FEET. 9 Tighten the 2 LINK NUTS. 10 Install: • LEAD SCREW in LINK • E-RING 11 Install the IMAGING AY.

Postrequisites: 1 Do the adjustment for IMAGING AY - Film Skew.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 143 of 186

Replacements

PLATEN LOAD HOME SENSOR Prerequisites: None

To Remove: 1 Extend the IMAGING AY. PLATEN TRANSPORT

2 Remove: • SCREW • SENSOR BRACKET 3 Disconnect the CONNECTOR.

SENSOR BRACKET SCREW PINS CONNECTOR

4 Remove: • SCREW • PLATEN LOAD HOME SENSOR

SCREW PLATEN LOAD HOME SENSOR

To Install: 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure. 2 Check that the PINS on the SENSOR BRACKET are in the holes on the back of the PLATEN TRANSPORT. Note

The SENSOR BRACKET must be tight against the PLATEN TRANSPORT.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 144 of 186

Replacements

FILM AT PLATEN SENSOR Prerequisites: None

To Remove: 1 Extend the IMAGING AY. 2 Remove:

PLATEN TRANSPORT SCREW

• SCREW

FILM AT PLATEN SENSOR CONNECTOR SENSOR BRACKET

• SENSOR BRACKET 3 Disconnect the CONNECTOR. 4 Remove: • SCREW • FILM AT PLATEN SENSOR

SCREW PINS

To Install: 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure. 2 Check that the PINS on the SENSOR BRACKET are in the holes on the back of the PLATEN TRANSPORT.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 145 of 186

Replacements

PLATEN CENTERING HOME SENSOR Prerequisites: None

To Remove: 1 Extend the IMAGING AY. 2 Remove the 2 SCREWS. 3 Disconnect the CONNECTOR. IMAGING AY

4 Remove: • SCREW • SENSOR

2 SCREWS SCREW SENSOR H199_1603AA

CONNECTOR

To Install: 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 146 of 186

Replacements

PLATEN SWEEP HOME SENSOR Prerequisites: None

To Remove: 1 Extend the IMAGING AY. 2 Remove: • 2 SCREWS • MOUNTING PLATE 3 Disconnect the CONNECTOR.

SCREW PLATEN SWEEP HOME SENSOR

4 Remove: • SCREW • PLATEN SWEEP HOME SENSOR

2 SCREWS CONNECTOR

MOUNTING PLATE

To Install: 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 147 of 186

Replacements

START OF PAGE SENSOR BOARD Prerequisites: None

To Remove: 1 Extend the IMAGING AY. PLATEN AY 2 PINS

SENSOR BRACKET

2 On the bottom left corner at the back of the PLATEN AY, remove: • 2 SCREWS • SENSOR BRACKET 3 Disconnect the CONNECTOR. 4 Remove the START OF PAGE SENSOR BOARD from the 2 PINS.

START OF PAGE SENSOR BOARD

2 SCREWS CONNECTOR

H199_1605AA

To Install: 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 148 of 186

Replacements

TRANSLATION HOME and TRANSLATION LIMIT SENSORS Prerequisites: None

To Remove: 1 Extend the IMAGING AY.

4 SCREWS OPTICS ELECTRONICS AY CABLE to LASER DRIVER BOARD CABLE to ATTENUATOR MOTOR CABLE to ATTENUATOR HOME SENSOR

OPTICS CONTROL BOARD

• CABLE to the LASER DRIVER BOARD • CABLE to the ATTENUATOR MOTOR

SCREW

PLUG

TRANSLATION HOME SENSOR

H199_1515AA

2 From the OPTICS CONTROL BOARD, disconnect:

TRANSLATION LIMIT SENSOR

• CABLE to the ATTENUATOR HOME SENSOR 3 Remove the 4 SCREWS. 4 Lift the OPTICS ELECTRONICS AY for access to the 2 SENSORS. 5 Remove the SENSORS. a Remove the SCREW. b Disconnect the PLUG.

To Install: 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 149 of 186

Replacements

MAGNET WAY Prerequisites: None

To Remove: 1 Extend the IMAGING AY.

2 SCREWS

2 Move the OPTICS to the center of the IMAGING AY.

OPTICS

3 Remove the 2 SCREWS from each end of the MAGNET WAY. 4 Move the OPTICS to the front end of the IMAGING AY.

back

5 Lift the back end of the MAGNET WAY and carefully extend it toward the back of the IMAGING AY to free the MAGNET WAY from the OPTICS.

MAGNET WAY front

IMAGING AY H199_1606AA

To Install: Important

• Do not tighten the 2 SCREWS for the MAGNET WAY. • Do not install the IMAGING AY in the IMAGER. 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites 1 Do the adjustment procedure for the IMAGING AY - MAGNET WAY.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 150 of 186

Replacements

OPTICS ELECTRONICS AY Prerequisites: None

To Remove: 4 SCREWS OPTICS ELECTRONICS AY OPTICS FANS CABLE LASER DRIVER BOARD CABLE

DATA CABLE J6B

ATTENUATOR MOTOR CABLE

POWER CABLE J6A

TRANSLATION MOTOR CABLE

READHEAD CABLE

WIRE TIE

WIRE TIE TRANSLATION LIMIT SENSORS CABLE

CABLE CLAMP ATTENUATOR HOME SENSOR CABLE H199_1516BA

1 Extend the IMAGING AY. 2 Open the CABLE CLAMP. 3 Cut the 2 WIRE TIES. 4 Disconnect: • DATA CABLE J6B • POWER CABLE J6A • LASER DRIVER BOARD CABLE • ATTENUATOR MOTOR CABLE

2 SPINNER MOTOR CABLES

view - back

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 151 of 186

Replacements

• ATTENUATOR HOME SENSOR CABLE • OPTICS FANS CABLE • READHEAD CABLE • TRANSLATION MOTOR CABLE • TRANSLATION LIMIT SENSORS CABLE • 2 SPINNER MOTOR CABLES 5 Remove: • 4 SCREWS • OPTICS ELECTRONICS AY

To Install: 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure. Caution

The CABLES at the back of the OPTICS ELECTRONICS AY must not be in the path of the ACTUATOR to the back LIMIT SENSOR. 2 Install the TIE-WRAP to place the CABLES to the left, from the path to the LIMIT SENSORS. CABLES

TIE-WRAP

path to LIMIT SENSORS

and ACTUATOR

3 After installing the IMAGING AY in the IMAGER, energize the IMAGER. 4 If a 20-156 error occurs, upgrade the software in the new OPTICS ELECTRONICS AY. See Upgrading the “Microcontroller” Application when a New MICRO BOARD is Installed.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 152 of 186

Postrequisites None

Replacements

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 153 of 186

Replacements

OPTICS AND CARRIAGE AY Prerequisites: None

To Remove: OPTICS AND CARRIAGE AY OPTICS ELECTRONICS AY

RAILS

SPACER

1 Extend the IMAGING AY. 2 Move the OPTICS AND CARRIAGE AY to approximately the center of the PLATEN AY. 3 Remove:

GEAR

• 4 SCREWS • BRACE DATA CABLE J6B

BRACE 4 SCREWS H199_1607GA

PLATEN AY

POWER CABLE J6A CABLE CLAMP MAGNET WAY REGISTRATION BAR

4 Locate the SPACER used to lift the OPTICS AND CARRIAGE AY from the RAILS. 5 Place the SPACER under the OPTICS ELECTRONICS AY on top of the MAGNET WAY. 6 Open the CABLE CLAMP. 7 Disconnect: • POWER CABLE J6A • DATA CABLE J6B 8 Rotate the large GEAR to move the REGISTRATION BAR to the center bottom of the PLATEN AY.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 154 of 186

Replacements

9 From the ends of the RAILS, remove: SHOULDER SCREW

• 3 RAIL SCREWS • SHOULDER SCREW 2 SCREWS MAGNET WAY

Caution

CARRIAGE

Use caution not to cause damage to the RAILS.

OPTICS ELECTRONICS AY

10 Carefully pull the RAILS from the front of the IMAGING AY. "cutouts" LEAD SCREW

ATTENUATOR MOTOR PLATEN RAILS IMAGING AY SPACER H199_1608GA

3 RAIL SCREWS

11 Set the RAILS on a stable surface with the “axially polished” surface up. 12 Remove the SPACER from under the OPTICS ELECTRONICS AY. 13 Remove the 2 SCREWS from each end of the MAGNET WAY. 14 Move the CARRIAGE to align the LEAD SCREW of the ATTENUATOR MOTOR with one of the “cutouts” on the PLATEN. Caution

When you remove the OPTICS ELECTRONICS AY, the LEAD SCREW must not hit the PLATEN. 15 Holding the MAGNET WAY on both sides of the OPTICS ELECTRONICS AY, carefully lift and remove it. 16 Set the OPTICS ELECTRONICS AY on a stable surface. 17 Remove the MAGNET WAY from the OPTICS ELECTRONICS AY.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 155 of 186

Replacements

To Install: IMAGING AY

SPACER RAIL SCREWS

READHEAD

front OPTICS AND CARRIAGE AY H199_1609BA

front

RAILS

OPTICS ELECTRONIC AY SHOULDER SCREW

ENCODER SCALE

MAGNET WAY

1 Insert the MAGNET WAY into the OPTICS AND CARRIAGE AY. 2 Install the OPTICS AND CARRIAGE AY in reverse order of the removal procedure. 3 Before installing the RAILS, insert the SPACER under the OPTICS ELECTRONICS AY. Caution

Use caution not to jam the RAIL against the READHEAD. 4 Carefully install the RAILS from the front of the IMAGING AY. The ENCODER SCALE on the left RAIL must be set correctly. 5 When you install the RAIL SCREWS, you must install the SHOULDER SCREW first. 6 After installing the RAILS, remove the SPACER and store it. 7 Clean the RAILS and ENCODER SCALE with ALCOHOL WIPES. See PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 8E5987: Section

Maintenance Plan

Procedure

Cleaning the ENCODER SCALE

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 156 of 186

Replacements

Postrequisites: 1 Adjust the space between the MAGNET WAY and the LINEAR TRANSLATION MOTOR. See IMAGING AY - MAGNET WAY. 2 Do the VOLTMETER check of READHEAD alignment. See IMAGING AY - ENCODER READHEAD. 3 After installing the IMAGING AY in the IMAGER, energize the IMAGER. 4 If an error 20-156 occurs, indicating the software is not compatible, upgrade the software in the OPTICS ELECTRONICS AY. See Upgrading the “Microcontroller” Application when a New MICRO BOARD is Installed.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 157 of 186

Replacements

POWER MODULE Prerequisites: None

To Remove: 1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch: • “power” icon • [Shut Down] Caution

Dangerous Voltage 2 Open the FRONT DOOR. 3 Remove the 2 SCREWS.

2 SCREWS

4 Disconnect the POWER CORD.

view - FRONT DOOR

5 Open the BACK DOOR. 6 Loosen the SCREW. 7 Remove the ELECTRONICS PANEL. SCREW

POWER SUPPLY ELECTRONICS PANEL

view - BACK DOOR

H199_1622GA

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 158 of 186

Replacements

2 SCREWS

8 Remove the 2 SCREWS. 9 Move the POWER MODULE approximately 1/2 of the normal position from the IMAGER. 10 Disconnect CABLE A. 11 Move the POWER MODULE approximately 3/4 of the normal position from the IMAGER.

CABLE A

• CABLE B

CABLE B

• CABLE C

CABLE C POWER MODULE

H199_1514BA

To Install: 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: None

12 Disconnect:

13 Remove the POWER MODULE from the IMAGER.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 159 of 186

Replacements

BACK DOOR Prerequisites: None

To Remove: top HINGE SCREW

1 Open the BACK DOOR to 90 degrees from the back of the IMAGER. Important

This SCREW is in a vertical groove and the DOOR moves on the SCREW when you loosen the other SCREWS. 6 center HINGE SCREWS

2 Loosen the bottom HINGE SCREW. 3 Loosen the 6 center HINGE SCREWS. Note

The 6 SCREWS are in the horizontal grooves. BACK DOOR

bottom HINGE SCREW H199_1595HA

4 Hold the DOOR to keep it from falling. 5 Remove the top HINGE SCREW. 6 Lower the outside corner of the DOOR to the floor. Caution

The weight of the DOOR is 57 lbs. You must use 2 persons to lift the DOOR. 7 Lift the DOOR from the bottom HINGE SCREW.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 160 of 186

To Install: 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: None

Replacements

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 161 of 186

Replacements

ELECTRONICS PANEL Prerequisites: None.

To Remove: 1 Open the BACK DOOR. 2 Loosen the SCREW. 3 Disengage the ELECTRONICS PANEL from the bottom of the FRAME. SCREW

ELECTRONICS PANEL

H199_1597AA

To Install: Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 162 of 186

Replacements

DRAWER PANELS Prerequisites: None

To Remove: DRAWER PANEL

Important

This procedure applies to all 3 DRAWERS. 1 Use the LOCAL PANEL to open the DRAWER.

CAPTIVE SCREW

2 Loosen the CAPTIVE SCREW on the left side of the DRAWER PANEL. Note

The CAPTIVE SCREW must be loosened to free the DRAWER PANEL.

H199_1610GA

3 Hold the DRAWER PANEL with your left hand and hit the right side of the DRAWER PANEL with your right hand to loosen the DRAWER PANEL. 4 Remove the DRAWER PANEL.

To Install: 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 163 of 186

Replacements

SIDE PANELS Prerequisites: None

To Remove: 1 Open the 2 bottom DRAWERS. 2 SCREWS

2 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch: • “power” icon SIDE PANEL

• [Shut Down] 3 Remove: • 2 SCREWS from the bottom of the right SIDE PANEL

DRAWERS 2 SCREWS

• 2 SCREWS from the front edge of the right SIDE PANEL • 2 SCREWS from the top of the right SIDE PANEL • right SIDE PANEL 4 Remove: • 2 SCREWS from the bottom of the left SIDE PANEL

2 SCREWS

To Install: 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: None

• 2 SCREWS from the top of the left SIDE PANEL

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 164 of 186

Replacements

DRAWER LATCH AY Prerequisites: 1 Remove the right SIDE PANELS.

To Remove: DRAWER

Important

This procedure applies to all 3 DRAWER LATCHES. 3 SCREWS

1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch: • “power” icon • [Shut Down]

DRAWER LATCH AY

2 Remove the right SIDE PANELS. 3 Remove: • 3 SCREWS • DRAWER LATCH AY • DRAWER

H199_1611GA

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 165 of 186

Replacements

To Install: Important FLANGE

Do not tighten the 3 SCREWS at this time.

4 mm SPACER DRAWER

1 Install: • DRAWER LATCH AY • 3 SCREWS Important

The 4 mm SPACER is stored behind the right DOOR at the front of the IMAGER.

3 SCREWS

2 Set the position of the DRAWER LATCH AY. a Insert the 4 mm SPACER between the DRAWER and the FLANGE. b Press the DRAWER in against the SPACER to lock the LATCH.

LATCH

DRAWER LATCH AY

H199_1612CA

Postrequisites: None

c Use a SCREWDRIVER to press the LATCH fully to the back position. d Tighten the 3 SCREWS. 3 Open and close the DRAWER 2 or 3 times to check that the DRAWER closes correctly.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS

DOOR LATCH AY Prerequisites: None

To Remove:

CAPTIVE SCREW

3 SCREWS

1 Use the LOCAL PANEL to open the left FRONT DOOR. 2 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch: • “power” icon • [Shut Down] 3 Open the right FRONT DOOR. 4 Loosen the CAPTIVE SCREW. 5 Remove: • FILTER • 2 SCREWS • COVER • 3 SCREWS

FILTER

COVER 2 SCREWS

f

15JUL05 8F1621 Page 166 of 186

Replacements

right FRONT DOOR

LATCH AY

• LATCH AY

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 167 of 186

Replacements

To Install: Important FLANGE 4 mm SPACER DRAWER

Do not tighten the SCREWS at this time. 1 Install: • LATCH AY • 3 SCREWS Important

The 4 mm SPACER is stored behind the right DOOR. 2 Adjust the position of the LATCH AY. a Locate the 4 mm SPACER. 3 SCREWS

b Insert the SPACER inside the DOOR FRAME. c Press the DOOR in against the SPACER to lock the LATCH.

LATCH

d Use a SCREWDRIVER to press the LATCH fully to the back position. e Tighten the 3 SCREWS. 3 Remove the SPACER.

DRAWER LATCH AY

. H199_1612CA

4 Close and open the DOOR 2 or 3 times to check that the DOOR operates correctly. 5 Store the SPACER inside the right DOOR.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 168 of 186

Postrequisites: None

Replacements

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 169 of 186

Replacements

LOCAL PANEL Prerequisites: None

To Remove: 3 CABLES

2 SCREWS

1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch: • “power” icon • [Shut Down] 2 Open the TOP HOOD. 3 Disconnect the 3 CABLES. 4 Remove the 3 SCREWS. 5 Hold the LOCAL PANEL and remove the 2 SCREWS. 6 Hold the LOCAL PANEL and carefully remove it.

LOCAL PANEL

3 SCREWS

To Install: Caution

The LOCAL PANEL must be installed in the normal position before the TOP HOOD is closed. 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 170 of 186

Replacements

DUCT FILTER DOOR Prerequisites: None

To Remove: 1 Open the lower LOWER RIGHT FRONT DOOR. 2 Press in on the DOOR LEVER. 3 Disconnect the WIRE LATCH.

DUCT FILTER DOOR

4 Pull the DUCT FILTER DOOR to disengage it from the CHARCOAL FILTER.

LEVER WIRE LATCH

LOWER RIGHT FRONT DOOR

H199_0736ACA H199_0736AC

To Install: 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites: None

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 171 of 186

Additional Service Procedures

Section 3: Additional Service Procedures Making a Configuration Backup 1 Connect the LAPTOP COMPUTER to the IMAGER with a CROSSOVER CABLE. 2 Use “SecureLink” and the “Service WebLink” to display the SERVICE TOOL on your LAPTOP COMPUTER. 3 Select Utilities>Backup/Restore.

4 To make a backup of the configuration parameters to the DRE HARD DISK and the CompactFlash CARD, click [Backup]. 5 To download the backup data to a FLOPPY DISKETTE, do: a Click [Download Backup]. b When the “Save Copy As” screen displays, select “3 1/2 Floppy”. c Insert a FLOPPY DISKETTE into the DRIVE on your LAPTOP COMPUTER. d Select a folder name to place the file in. e Click [Save] to place the backup file on the FLOPPY DISKETTE. f Store the FLOPPY DISKETTE in the POUCH inside the right FRONT DOOR.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 172 of 186

Additional Service Procedures

Restoring Configuration 1 Connect the LAPTOP COMPUTER to the IMAGER with a CROSSOVER CABLE. 2 Use “SecureLink” and the “Service WebLink” to display the SERVICE TOOL on your LAPTOP COMPUTER. 3 Select Utilities>Backup/Restore. 4 To restore backup data from the CompactFlash CARD to the DRE HARD DRIVE, do:

a Select “Restore” at the top of the screen. b Click [Restore]. 5 To upload stored configuration data from a FLOPPY DISKETTE to the DRE, do: a Select the “Upload Configuration File” check box. b Click [Browse]. c When the “Choose File” screen displays, load the FLOPPY DISKETTE.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 173 of 186

d Select: • “3 1/2 Floppy” • The file name e Click: • [Open] • [Restore]

Additional Service Procedures

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 174 of 186

Additional Service Procedures

Upgrading the DRE with a New Version of the System Software “Ghosting” Special Tools • LAPTOP COMPUTER and SERVICE TOOL • CROSSOVER CABLE TL-5568 • “Ghost” Image of the system software on CD1 of 2 Important

This “generic” procedure is provided only for reference. The “ghosting” procedure will change with each new software version. • When you upgrade the system software, you must use the instructions provided with the software. • Do not use the following “generic” procedure. 1 Connect the LAPTOP COMPUTER to the IMAGER with a CROSSOVER CABLE. 2

Renew the DHCP connection between the LAPTOP COMPUTER and the IMAGER. For Windows 2000 or Windows NT OPERATING SYSTEMS

For Windows 98 OPERATING SYSTEMS

a. Open the DOS window.

a. Select Start>Run.

b. Type: ipconfig /release

b. Type: winipcfg

c. Type: ipconfig /renew

c. Select “network adapter”. d. Click: • [Release All] • [Renew All]

Note

You can also renew the DHCP connection by booting your LAPTOP COMPUTER when it is set for DHCP and connected to the IMAGER.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 175 of 186

Additional Service Procedures

3 Open “SecureLink Client” on the LAPTOP COMPUTER.

4 Type your password. 5 Click [OK].

6 Select the name of the IMAGER from the “Server” window drop-down menu. Note

If the name of the IMAGER is not in the drop-down menu, you can type it into the window.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 176 of 186

Additional Service Procedures

7 In the “IP Address” window, type: 192.168.0.1 8 Leave the “Port” window value at 443. 9 Click: • [Save Server] • [Connect] Note

When the “plug” graphic closes and appears green, the connection with the IMAGER is complete. 10 Select Start>Programs>Kodak>Service WebLink to display the SERVICE TOOL.

11 From the Main Menu, select Utilities>Backup/Restore. 12 Click: • [Backup] • [Download Backup]

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 177 of 186

Additional Service Procedures

13 Save a copy of the configuration to a FLOPPY DISKETTE. Note

This backup file will be used at the end of the upgrade procedure to restore the configuration. 14 Insert CD1 of the system software into the DVD DRIVE of the IMAGER. Note

This CD includes the following files: “BOOTCAT.BIN”, “BOOTIMG.BIN”, and “DREIMAGE.GHO”. 15 From the Main Menu of the SERVICE TOOL, select Utilities>Session>Restart. 16 When asked, “Are you sure you want to restart?”, click [Restart]. Note

“Ghosting” begins after the IMAGER boots from the DVD DRIVE. The IMAGER beeps 3 times when the procedure is completed. 17 Remove the CD from the DVD DRIVE. 18 Use the POWER SWITCH to de-energize the IMAGER. 19 Wait until the LOCAL PANEL is blank. 20 Energize the IMAGER. 21 At the LOCAL PANEL, select the “Service” function: • For User ID, type: 99 • For Passcode, type: 987654 22 Select the “Calibrate Touch Screen” function. 23 Use a STYLUS or a PEN to touch the red centers of the TARGETS that appear on the screen. 24 Click [OK]. 25 Do Upgrading the Software Applications for the MCS MASTER CPU BOARD and the MICRO BOARDS.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 178 of 186

Additional Service Procedures

Upgrading the Software Applications for the MCS MASTER CPU BOARD and the MICRO BOARDS Important

You must do this procedure when: • The DRE is “ghosted” with a new version of system software. • A new EBA AY is installed. Special Tools • LAPTOP COMPUTER and SERVICE TOOL • CROSSOVER CABLE TL-5568 • Software for MCS MASTER CPU and MICRO BOARDS Important

The HOOD of the IMAGER must remain closed, and the IMAGER must remain energized during this procedure. If power is de-energized during the upgrade, the MCS MICRO could be not stable, and a new MICRO BOARD might have to be installed. 1 Connect the LAPTOP COMPUTER to the IMAGER with a CROSSOVER CABLE. 2 Select Start>Settings>Control Panel>Power Options to check the “power save” setup for your LAPTOP COMPUTER. 3 Check: • “Turn off hard disks” is set to “Never”. • “System standby” is set to “Never” or “After 30 mins”.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 179 of 186

Additional Service Procedures

4 Renew the DHCP connection between the LAPTOP COMPUTER and the IMAGER: For Windows 2000 or Windows NT OPERATING SYSTEMS

For Windows 98 OPERATING SYSTEMS

a. Open the DOS window.

a. Select Start>Run.

b. Type: ipconfig /release

b. Type: winipcfg

c. Type: ipconfig /renew

c. Select “network adapter”. d. Click: • [Release All] • [Renew All]

Note

You can also renew the DHCP connection by booting the LAPTOP COMPUTER when set for DHCP and connected to the IMAGER. 5 Open “SecureLink Client” on the LAPTOP COMPUTER.

6 Type your password. 7 Click [OK]. 8 On the “SecureLink Client” screen, use the drop-down menu to select the device you want to connect to.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 180 of 186

Additional Service Procedures

9 Click [Connect]. Note

When the “plug” graphic closes and appears green, the connection with the IMAGER is complete. 10 Select Start>Programs>Kodak>Service WebLink to display the SERVICE TOOL.

11 If you did not load new DRE software before this MCS upgrade, make a backup of the system configuration. a Select Utilities>Backup/Restore. b Click [Backup] to save the system configuration. c Click [Download Backup]. d Save a copy of the configuration to a FLOPPY DISKETTE in your LAPTOP COMPUTER. 12 Select Upgrade>Application.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 181 of 186

Additional Service Procedures

13 Insert CD2 of 2, including MCS and MICRO software, into the LAPTOP COMPUTER. Note

You should check that this CD has folders with the “MCS” and “Synergy Service Tool”. 14 On the “Application Upgrade” screen, click [Browse] to locate a file name similar to “MCS030822.msi”. Note

The “msi” file name, which identifies the MCS software, is not the same for each version. 15

Click [Run]. Note

The following process begins: • A “10-910 MCS Communications Down” error will display on the LOCAL PANEL. • In approximately 30 seconds, “Upgrade in progress” will display in the “Status” window. • “Action start” will display in the “Summary” window. • In approximately 10 minutes, “Upgrade Completed” will display in the “Summary” window. 16 From the Main Menu of the SERVICE TOOL, select Upgrade>Microcontrollers.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS

Additional Service Procedures

15JUL05 8F1621 Page 182 of 186

Note

The version numbers identified above are not the same for all systems. The “Micro Version” and “MCS Version” numbers must be the same for any one system. 17 Compare the software version in the “Micro Version” list with the version in the “MCS Version” list. 18 Select the check box by each “Microcontroller” name for all version numbers that are not the same. 19 Click [Update]. Note

Status messages will indicate the status of the upgrade. 20 When the upgrade completes, check that the version numbers in the 2 lists agree. 21 When the upgrade completes, select Utilities>Session>Restart. 22 Click [Restart]. 23 To restore the system configuration, select Utilities>Backup/Restore. 24 Select “Restore” from the top of the “System Backup and Restore” screen.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS

Additional Service Procedures

15JUL05 8F1621 Page 183 of 186

25 Select the “Upload Configuration File” check box. 26 Click [Browse] to locate the system configuration file you downloaded to a FLOPPY DISKETTE. 27 Click [Restore]. 28 Select Utilities>Sessions>Restart. 29 Click [Restart]. 30 Select: • Configuration>System>Network to check that the IP Address is successfully restored • Configuration>DICOM SCP>SCP Services to check that the SCU configuration configuration parameters are restored 31 When the LOCAL PANEL indicates that the IMAGER is “Ready”, check the “zone” temperatures of the PROCESSOR. See PROCESSOR - Temperature of DRUM. 32 If necessary, adjust the temperatures. 33 Run test prints from each connected SCU. 34 Check the image quality of the test prints with the customer. 35 Close the “Service WebLink” and “SecureLink Client” window.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 184 of 186

Additional Service Procedures

Upgrading the “Microcontroller” Application when a New MICRO BOARD is Installed Important

You must do this procedure when a new MICRO BOARD is installed on the I2C BUS, and a 20-156 error occurs, indicating the software is not compatible in the new BOARD. Special Tools • LAPTOP COMPUTER and SERVICE TOOL • CROSSOVER CABLE TL-5568 Important

The HOOD of the IMAGER must remain closed and the IMAGER must remain energized during this procedure. If power is de-energized during the upgrade, the MICRO could be left not stable, and a new MICRO BOARD might have to be installed. 1 Connect the LAPTOP COMPUTER to the IMAGER with a CROSSOVER CABLE. 2 Use “SecureLink” and the “Service WebLink” to display the SERVICE TOOL. 3 From the Main Menu of the SERVICE TOOL, select Upgrade>Microcontrollers.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS

Additional Service Procedures

15JUL05 8F1621 Page 185 of 186

Note

The version numbers identified above are not the same for all systems. The “Micro Version” and “MCS Version” numbers must be the same for any one system. 4 Compare the software version in the “Micro Version” list with the version in the “MCS Version” list. 5 Select the check box by each “Microcontroller” name for all version numbers that are not the same. 6 Click [Update]. Note

Status messages will indicate the status of the upgrade. 7 When the upgrade completes, check that the version numbers in the 2 lists agree.

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 15JUL05 8F1621 Page 186 of 186

Additional Service Procedures

Publication History Publication Date

Publication No.

ECO No.

Changed Pages

File Name

15JUL05

8F1621

CN0006110

--

8f1621.fm

Notes

• New Publication • Rev A - Serial Number 89005001 and Above

Kodak and DryView are trademarks of Eastman Kodak Company.

Printed in U.S.A. • 8f1621.fm

EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY Rochester, NY 14650

HEALTH GROUP

© EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY, 2006

{PreventiveMaint}{Production}{Health Group}{ExternalAndInternal}

Confidential Restricted Information

HEALTH GROUP Publication No. 8F1623 18OCT06

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE for the Kodak DryView 8900 LASER IMAGER RELEASE 3 Service Code: 4878

Important

Qualified service personnel must do these procedures.

H199_0500AC

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 18OCT06 8F1623 Page 2 of 46

PLEASE NOTE

The information contained herein is based on the experience and knowledge relating to the subject matter gained by Eastman Kodak Company prior to publication. No patent license is granted by this information. Eastman Kodak Company reserves the right to change this information without notice, and makes no warranty, express or implied, with respect to this information. Kodak shall not be liable for any loss or damage, including consequential or special damages, resulting from any use of this information, even if loss or damage is caused by Kodak’s negligence or other fault. This equipment includes parts and assemblies sensitive to damage from electrostatic discharge. Use caution to prevent damage during all service procedures.

Table of Contents Description Necessary Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Preparing for Preventive Maintenance (PM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cleaning the CARRIAGE RAILS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cleaning the ENCODER SCALE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cleaning the FILM PLATEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cleaning the FILM PLATEN and the SPINNER MOTOR MIRROR . . . . . . . Cleaning the FAZ TRAPS and the DRUM DUCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cleaning the FAZ HOSES and DUCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cleaning the DRUM COVER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cleaning the DRUM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cleaning the PRESSURE ROLLERS and Applying Lubricant . . . . . . . . . . Cleaning the LOWER COVER and the ENTRANCE GUIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . Cleaning the DIVERTER AY and Installing a New FELT PAD AY . . . . . . . Installing a New DIVERTER AY and a New FELT PAD AY . . . . . . . . . . . . Installing New DRUM EXIT TRANSPORT ROLLERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cleaning the COOLING SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cleaning the DENSITOMETER LOWER GUIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assembling the PROCESSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installing a New CHARCOAL FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installing a New AIR FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking the Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Resetting the PM Count and Changing the Service History . . . . . . . . . . . Publication History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page 3 5 7 8 9 10 11 13 18 19 21 23 26 28 31 34 35 37 38 40 41 42 43 46

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 18OCT06 8F1623 Page 3 of 46

Necessary Materials Tool No.

----TL5568 TL5574 TL4071 -----

Description

LAPTOP COMPUTER with Microsoft Windows 98 OPERATING SYSTEM or higher and Microsoft INTERNET EXPLORER 5.5 SERVICE TOOL for the 8900 LASER IMAGER RELEASE 3 CROSSOVER CABLE TEMPERATURE METER KIT VACUUM CLEANER FLASHLIGHT SCRAPER - recommended BLADE size is 1.25 x 4.75 in.

Part No.

Description

SP96000001188 1C8287 SP8643074 SP78801828027 SP26101211303 SP78999828680 SP7F6344 SP8F0083 SP8E1501 SP8E1925 SP8E4966 SP8E4857 SP8E1183 SP5E7997 TL5713 952793

3M Auto-Pak TACK CLOTH ALCOHOL WIPE DMSO CLEANER CLEANING PADS, 4 x 4 in. Krytox LUBRICANT BAG with TIE-WRAP CHARCOAL FILTER AIR FILTER DIVERTER AY FELT PAD AY BAFFLE FLEX DUCT DRUM EXIT TRANSPORT ROLLER - drive DRUM EXIT TRANSPORT ROLLER - idler NEOPRENE GLOVES SAFETY GLASSES with SIDE SHIELDS

Notes

Texwipe TX1065 - 50 each 6 oz container 100 each Use one BAG for each PM.

Install every 20,000 cycles Install every 100,000 cycles Install every 100,000 cycles Install every 100,000 cycles Use one time, then discard.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 18OCT06 8F1623 Page 4 of 46

Publication No.

8F1621

Publication

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS for the Kodak DryView 8900 LASER IMAGER RELEASE 3

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 18OCT06 8F1623 Page 5 of 46

Maintenance Plan Important

A Preventive Maintenance (PM) call must be made every 20,000 film cycles. • 20,000 cycle procedures are completed every PM call. • 40,000 cycle procedures are completed every other PM call. • 100,000 cycle procedures are completed every 5 PM calls. Table 1 Preventive Maintenance Procedure

Preparing for Preventive Maintenance (PM) IMAGING AY Cleaning the CARRIAGE RAILS Cleaning the ENCODER SCALE Cleaning the FILM PLATEN Cleaning the FILM PLATEN and the SPINNER MOTOR MIRROR FILM PROCESSOR Cleaning the FAZ TRAPS and the DRUM DUCT Cleaning the FAZ HOSES and DUCT Cleaning the DRUM COVER Cleaning the DRUM Cleaning the PRESSURE ROLLERS and Applying Lubricant Cleaning the LOWER COVER and the ENTRANCE GUIDE Cleaning the DIVERTER AY and Installing a New FELT PAD AY Installing a New DIVERTER AY and a New FELT PAD AY Installing New DRUM EXIT TRANSPORT ROLLERS Cleaning the COOLING SECTION

20,000 40,000 100,000 Cycles Cycles Cycles

X

X

X

X X X

X X

X X X

X X X X X X X X

X X X X X X

X X X X X X X

X X

X

X X

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 18OCT06 8F1623 Page 6 of 46

20,000 40,000 100,000 Cycles Cycles Cycles

Procedure

FILTERS Installing a New CHARCOAL FILTER Installing a New AIR FILTER Other Procedures Checking the Operation Resetting the PM Count and Changing the Service History

X

X X

X

X X

X X

X X

Important

For Emergency Maintenance, the number of film cycles determines the procedures you do. 1 On an Emergency Maintenance call, check the number of film cycles. Film Cycles

>17,500 <17,500

Do:

Preventive Maintenance procedures Emergency Maintenance procedures

Table 2 Emergency Maintenance Procedure

Preparing for Preventive Maintenance (PM) Cleaning the PRESSURE ROLLERS and Applying Lubricant Cleaning the DRUM COVER Checking the Operation Revising the Service History - see Resetting the PM Count and Changing the Service History, Step 5 - Step 10.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 18OCT06 8F1623 Page 7 of 46

Preparing for Preventive Maintenance (PM) Important

If your container of DMSO CLEANER was exposed to low temperature, you should place the CLEANER in warm water for a time before you begin cleaning. 1 Use a CROSSOVER CABLE to connect your LAPTOP COMPUTER to the service port located under the AIR FILTER on the front of the IMAGER. 2 Use “Secure Tunnel” for access to the SERVICE TOOL. 3 Check the “Service History” log to determine if the last PM was for 20,000, 40,000, or 100,000 film cycles. 4 Make a “Flat-field”, or “Grayout”, test print. 5 Keep the print to compare with a test print that will be run after the PM. TOP HOOD

SUPPORT ROD DRUM COVER

6 From the LOCAL PANEL, de-energize the system. Caution

Dangerous Voltage 7 Disconnect the POWER CORD. 8 Lift the TOP HOOD. 9 Lock the SUPPORT ROD.

ROLLERS

10 Release the CLAMPS. Important

CLAMPS

DRUM

H199_0700ACA H199_0700AC

The DRUM and ROLLERS must cool for a minimum of 30 minutes before cleaning. 11 Open the DRUM COVER.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 18OCT06 8F1623 Page 8 of 46

Cleaning the CARRIAGE RAILS Important

Normal wear of the CARRIAGE PADS leaves debris on the CARRIAGE RAILS.

CARRIAGE RAILS

1 Extend the IMAGING AY. See ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 8F1621: Section

Procedure

Replacements IMAGING AY ENCODER SCALE

2 Move the CARRIAGE up and down the RAILS. 3 Check the RAILS for debris. Caution

CARRIAGE PAD CARRIAGE

H199_0701GCA H199_0701GC

When cleaning the left RAIL, do not pull the ends of the ENCODER SCALE loose with the ALCOHOL WIPE. 4 Use an ALCOHOL WIPE to remove any debris from the RAILS.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 18OCT06 8F1623 Page 9 of 46

Cleaning the ENCODER SCALE 1 Move the CARRIAGE to the front of the IMAGING AY.

back

Caution ENCODER SCALE

To prevent damage to the ends of the ENCODER SCALE, you must start cleaning from the center. 2 Carefully use a new ALCOHOL WIPE to clean only one time from the center of the ENCODER SCALE to the back end of the SCALE. 3 Move the CARRIAGE to the back of the IMAGING AY.

CARRIAGE

front

H199_0701GCB H199_0701GC

4 Carefully use a new ALCOHOL WIPE to clean only one time from the center of the ENCODER SCALE to the front end of the SCALE.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 18OCT06 8F1623 Page 10 of 46

Cleaning the FILM PLATEN Important

• Do this procedure only at 20,000 cycles. • At 40,000 cycles, you must do Cleaning the FILM PLATEN and the SPINNER MOTOR MIRROR. FILM PLATEN

5 REGISTRATION FINGERS

2 CENTERING FINGERS

bottom surface H199_0702GCA H199_0702GC

1 Remove any loose debris that is visible on the FILM PLATEN. Caution

• Prevent scratches from metal items on the surface of the FILM PLATEN. • Do not do damage to the 2 CENTERING FINGERS at the front of the FILM PLATEN or to the 5 REGISTRATION FINGERS on the side. • Use only a 3M Auto-Pak TACK CLOTH for cleaning. ALCOHOL WIPES can cause artifacts on the film. 2 Use a TACK CLOTH to clean the bottom surface of the FILM PLATEN. 3 Install the IMAGING AY. See ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 8F1621: Section

Replacements

Procedure

IMAGING AY

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 18OCT06 8F1623 Page 11 of 46

Cleaning the FILM PLATEN and the SPINNER MOTOR MIRROR Important

Do this procedure only at 40,000 cycles. PLATEN FILM TRANSPORT

1 Remove the PLATEN FILM TRANSPORT. See ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 8F1621: Section

Replacements

FILM PLATEN

Procedure

PLATEN FILM TRANSPORT

Caution

• Prevent scratches from metal items on the surface of the FILM PLATEN. 2 CENTERING FINGERS

• Do not do damage to the 2 CENTERING FINGERS.

bottom surface

• Use only a 3M Auto-Pak TACK CLOTH for cleaning. ALCOHOL WIPES can cause artifacts on the film.

H199_0702GCB H199_0702GC

2 Remove any loose debris that is visible on the FILM PLATEN. 3 Use a TACK CLOTH to clean the bottom surface of the FILM PLATEN.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 18OCT06 8F1623 Page 12 of 46

4 Clean the SPINNER MOTOR MIRROR. a Rotate the SHAFT until the MIRROR is visible. b Use a FLASHLIGHT to check the MIRROR for dust. c Use an ALCOHOL WIPE to clean once across the surface of the MIRROR. 5 Install the PLATEN FILM TRANSPORT. See ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 8F1621: SHAFT

Section SPINNER MOTOR MIRROR

H199_0703ACA H199_0703AC

Replacements

Procedure

PLATEN FILM TRANSPORT

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 18OCT06 8F1623 Page 13 of 46

Cleaning the FAZ TRAPS and the DRUM DUCT Caution

• You must read the Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all cleaning materials before doing this procedure. • The cleaning solution DMSO is readily absorbed through the skin, resulting in an almost instantaneous garlic-like taste in the mouth and bad breath which might persist for several days. There are no health issues for exposure to DMSO, but DMSO has the potential to carry other chemicals through the skin. GLOVES must be worn to prevent exposure. • You must have adequate ventilation before cleaning. Do not clean in areas with little or no active ventilation such as storage rooms or closets. • You must allow the parts to cool for a minimum of 30 minutes before cleaning. • You must check that there are no ignition sources in the area. These include, but are not limited to, CIGARETTES, SWITCHES, electrical OUTLETS, LIGHT BULBS, and flames. • You MUST wear GLOVES and SAFETY GLASSES with SIDE SHIELDS to prevent contact of cleaning materials and FAZ with the skin and eyes. You must discard the GLOVES after cleaning. One time use only. • You must place used ALCOHOL WIPES, CLEANING PADS, and GLOVES in a BAG SP78999828680. Use a TIE-WRAP on the BAG and discard the BAG correctly.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 18OCT06 8F1623 Page 14 of 46

FLEX DUCT

2 SCREWS

1 Remove the UPPER FAZ TRAP. See ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 8F1621: Section

TRAP FRAME

UPPER FAZ TRAP

Replacements

Procedure

PROCESSOR UPPER FAZ TRAP

2 Remove: • 2 SCREWS H199_0730ACA H199_0730AC

• FLEX DUCT • 4 SCREWS • TRAP FRAME

4 SCREWS

• BAFFLE TRAP FRAME

• 2 SCREWS • DUCT COVER

BAFFLE

• DUCT

2 SCREWS

3 Check for FAZ in the ends of the FLEX DUCT.

DUCT COVER

4 If necessary, clean the ends of the FLEX DUCT using a dry CLEANING PAD.

DUCT

5 Use ALCOHOL WIPES to clean the surface of the DUCT. H199_0724GCA H199_0724GC

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 18OCT06 8F1623 Page 15 of 46

TOP HOOD

6 Use a SCRAPER to remove FAZ from all metal surfaces. 7 Place the following parts in a SINK for cleaning with DMSO CLEANER: • TRAP FRAME

2 SCREWS

• DUCT COVER • UPPER FAZ TRAP

LOWER FAZ TRAP

8 Discard the BAFFLE. 9 Remove the LOWER FAZ TRAP. See ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 8F1621:

PLATE

Section

Replacements

Procedure

PROCESSOR LOWER FAZ TRAP

10 Use a SCRAPER to remove FAZ from all metal surfaces. FRAME

H199_0705GCA H199_0705GC

11 Place the following parts in a SINK for cleaning with DMSO CLEANER: • PLATE • FRAME • LOWER FAZ TRAP

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 18OCT06 8F1623 Page 16 of 46

back 3 SCREWS

12 Remove the back 3 SCREWS.

DRUM COVER front 3 SCREWS

13 Hold the DRUM COVER at both ends and carefully close the COVER. 14 Remove the front 3 SCREWS. 15 Carefully lift and remove the DRUM COVER. 16 Set the DRUM COVER on a work surface. 17 Remove: • 4 SCREWS

H199_0706ACB H199_0706AC

• FLEX DUCT from the DRUM COVER • 5 SCREWS

DRUM COVER

5 SCREWS

• DRUM DUCT from the DRUM COVER 18 Use a SCRAPER to remove FAZ from the DRUM DUCT. 19 Place the DRUM DUCT in the SINK with the FAZ TRAPS. 20 Soak the parts in DMSO CLEANER for approximately 5 minutes. 21 Remove residual FAZ and DMSO CLEANER with ALCOHOL WIPES.

DRUM DUCT H199_0731ACA H199_0731AC

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 18OCT06 8F1623 Page 17 of 46

Important

TRAP FRAME opening

• Do not install the FAZ TRAPS or DRUM DUCT at this time. • When you assemble the UPPER FAZ TRAP, the back of the new BAFFLE must be on the opposite side of the hole for the TRAP FRAME. FLEX DUCT BAFFLE back

• You must install a new FLEX DUCT every 100,000 film cycles. 22 Assemble the 2 FAZ TRAPS.

H199_0739ACA H199_0739AC

23 Place used CLEANING PADS and ALCOHOL WIPES in a BAG SP78999828680 for discarding after all cleaning of the PROCESSOR is completed.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 18OCT06 8F1623 Page 18 of 46

Cleaning the FAZ HOSES and DUCT 1 Remove the FAZ HOSES.

FAZ HOSES

2 Hit the FAZ HOSES against the inside of a container to remove loose FAZ. 3 Vacuum the inside of the FAZ HOSES. 4 Open the BACK DOOR. 5 Vacuum the inside of the DUCT down below as far as possible. 6 Close the BACK DOOR.

H199_0740ACB H199_0740AC

DUCT

BACK DOOR

H199_0738ACA H199_0738AC

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 18OCT06 8F1623 Page 19 of 46

Cleaning the DRUM COVER Caution

• You must read the Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all cleaning materials before doing this procedure. • The cleaning solution DMSO is readily absorbed through the skin, resulting in an almost instantaneous garlic-like taste in the mouth and bad breath which might persist for several days. There are no health issues for exposure to DMSO, but DMSO has the potential to carry other chemicals through the skin. GLOVES must be worn to prevent exposure. • You must have adequate ventilation before cleaning. Do not clean in areas with little or no active ventilation such as storage rooms or closets. • You must allow the parts to cool for a minimum of 30 minutes before cleaning. • You must check that there are no ignition sources in the area. These include, but are not limited to, CIGARETTES, SWITCHES, electrical OUTLETS, LIGHT BULBS, and flames. • You MUST wear GLOVES and SAFETY GLASSES with SIDE SHIELDS to prevent contact of cleaning materials and FAZ with the skin and eyes. You must discard the GLOVES after cleaning. One time use only. • You must place used ALCOHOL WIPES, CLEANING PADS, and GLOVES in a BAG SP78999828680. Use a TIE-WRAP on the BAG and discard the BAG correctly.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 18OCT06 8F1623 Page 20 of 46

2 COVER GASKETS DUCT FILM INSULATION

1 Use a SCRAPER to remove thick FAZ from: • metal surfaces • DUCT FILM Caution

• Do not soak the CLEANING PAD with DMSO CLEANER. metal surfaces

DRUM COVER

H199_0732ACA H199_0732AC

• Prevent leakage of the DMSO CLEANER through the holes of the SCREWS, because the CLEANER causes a white mark on the plastic parts. 2 Clean the following items with CLEANING PADS and DMSO CLEANER: • INSULATION • DUCT FILM • metal surfaces

3 Remove residual FAZ and DMSO CLEANER with ALCOHOL WIPES. 4 Place used CLEANING PADS and ALCOHOL WIPES in a BAG SP78999828680 for discarding after all cleaning of the PROCESSOR is completed. Note

Do not install the DRUM DUCT or the DRUM COVER at this time.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 18OCT06 8F1623 Page 21 of 46

Cleaning the DRUM Caution

• You must read the Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all cleaning materials before doing this procedure. • The cleaning solution DMSO is readily absorbed through the skin, resulting in an almost instantaneous garlic-like taste in the mouth and bad breath which might persist for several days. There are no health issues for exposure to DMSO, but DMSO has the potential to carry other chemicals through the skin. GLOVES must be worn to prevent exposure. • You must have adequate ventilation before cleaning. Do not clean in areas with little or no active ventilation such as storage rooms or closets. • You must allow the parts to cool for a minimum of 30 minutes before cleaning. • You must check that there are no ignition sources in the area. These include, but are not limited to, CIGARETTES, SWITCHES, electrical OUTLETS, LIGHT BULBS, and flames. • You MUST wear GLOVES and SAFETY GLASSES with SIDE SHIELDS to prevent contact of cleaning materials and FAZ with the skin and eyes. You must discard the GLOVES after cleaning. One time use only. • You must place used ALCOHOL WIPES, CLEANING PADS, and GLOVES in a BAG SP78999828680. Use a TIE-WRAP on the BAG and discard the BAG correctly.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 18OCT06 8F1623 Page 22 of 46

1 Pull on the TENSIONER and remove the DRUM BELT. DRUM BELT

2 Use the PULLEY to rotate the DRUM and check for damage. 3 Does the DRUM have damage? Yes

Install a new PROCESSOR DRUM. DRUM PULLEY TENSIONER

H199_0712ACB H199_0712AC

No

Continue with Step 4.

Caution

Do not allow DMSO CLEANER on any plastic parts, because the CLEANER causes a white mark on the plastic parts.

4 Clean the DRUM. a Rotate the DRUM and clean the surface with CLEANING PADS soaked in DMSO CLEANER. b Discard dirty CLEANING PADS and use new PADS. c Do Step a and Step b again until you have cleaned the surface of the DRUM from end to end and used CLEANING PADS have only a light color. d Remove residual FAZ and DMSO CLEANER with ALCOHOL WIPES. 5 Place used CLEANING PADS and ALCOHOL WIPES in a BAG SP78999828680 for discarding after all cleaning of the PROCESSOR is completed.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 18OCT06 8F1623 Page 23 of 46

6 Remove the DRUM from the PROCESSOR. See ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 8F1621: Section

Replacements

Procedure

PROCESSOR - DRUM

7 Set the DRUM into the DRUM COVER. 8 Use ALCOHOL PADS to remove DMSO CLEANER that might have dripped onto the CHASSIS AY after cleaning the DRUM.

Cleaning the PRESSURE ROLLERS and Applying Lubricant Caution

• You must read the Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all cleaning materials before doing this procedure. • The cleaning solution DMSO is readily absorbed through the skin, resulting in an almost instantaneous garlic-like taste in the mouth and bad breath which might persist for several days. There are no health issues for exposure to DMSO, but DMSO has the potential to carry other chemicals through the skin. GLOVES must be worn to prevent exposure. • You must have adequate ventilation before cleaning. Do not clean in areas with little or no active ventilation such as storage rooms or closets. • You must allow the parts to cool for a minimum of 30 minutes before cleaning. • You must check that there are no ignition sources in the area. These include, but are not limited to, CIGARETTES, SWITCHES, electrical OUTLETS, LIGHT BULBS, and flames. • You MUST wear GLOVES and SAFETY GLASSES with SIDE SHIELDS to prevent contact of cleaning materials and FAZ with the skin and eyes. You must discard the GLOVES after cleaning. One time use only. • You must place used ALCOHOL WIPES, CLEANING PADS, and GLOVES in a BAG SP78999828680. Use a TIE-WRAP on the BAG and discard the BAG correctly. • Do not allow DMSO CLEANER on any plastic parts, because the CLEANER causes a white mark on the plastic parts.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 18OCT06 8F1623 Page 24 of 46

1 Clean the 3 RODS and the PRESSURE ROLLERS. a Rotate the RODS and clean all surfaces with a SCRAPER. b Vacuum the ROLLERS to remove loosened FAZ.

PRESSURE ROLLERS

c Rotate the RODS and ROLLERS and clean all surfaces from end to end with CLEANING PADS soaked in DMSO CLEANER.

3 RODS

H199_0710ACB H199_0710AC

d Remove residual FAZ and DMSO CLEANER with ALCOHOL WIPES.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 18OCT06 8F1623 Page 25 of 46

2 Apply Krytox LUBRICANT to the ends of the ROLLERS. a Lift the ROLLER AY. b Move all the ROLLERS to the back to separate the front ends of the ROLLERS from the E-RINGS. c Apply one drop of lubricant between the E-RING and the front end of each ROLLER. d Pull all ROLLERS to the front to separate the back ends of the ROLLERS from the E-RINGS. e Do Step c again for the back end of each ROLLER.

Krytox LUBRICANT

front end of ROLLER

3 Use ALCOHOL WIPES to clean excessive lubricant from the ends of the ROLLERS. E-RING H199_0711GCA H199_0711GC

4 Rotate the ROLLERS for distribution of the lubricant. 5 Place used CLEANING PADS and ALCOHOL WIPES in a BAG SP78999828680 for discarding after all cleaning of the PROCESSOR is completed.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 18OCT06 8F1623 Page 26 of 46

Cleaning the LOWER COVER and the ENTRANCE GUIDE Caution

• You must read the Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all cleaning materials before doing this procedure. • The cleaning solution DMSO is readily absorbed through the skin, resulting in an almost instantaneous garlic-like taste in the mouth and bad breath which might persist for several days. There are no health issues for exposure to DMSO, but DMSO has the potential to carry other chemicals through the skin. GLOVES must be worn to prevent exposure. • You must have adequate ventilation before cleaning. Do not clean in areas with little or no active ventilation such as storage rooms or closets. • You must allow the parts to cool for a minimum of 30 minutes before cleaning. • You must check that there are no ignition sources in the area. These include, but are not limited to, CIGARETTES, SWITCHES, electrical OUTLETS, LIGHT BULBS, and flames. • You MUST wear GLOVES and SAFETY GLASSES with SIDE SHIELDS to prevent contact of cleaning materials and FAZ with the skin and eyes. You must discard the GLOVES after cleaning. One time use only. • You must place used ALCOHOL WIPES, CLEANING PADS, and GLOVES in a BAG SP78999828680. Use a TIE-WRAP on the BAG and discard the BAG correctly.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 18OCT06 8F1623 Page 27 of 46

1 Remove: INSULATION

LOWER COVER INNER GUIDE

• 4 SCREWS • ENTRANCE GUIDE Caution

• Do not use DMSO CLEANER on the ENTRANCE GUIDE.

ENTRANCE GUIDE

4 SCREWS

• Do not allow DMSO CLEANER on any plastic parts, because the CLEANER will cause a white mark on the plastic parts.

H199_0729ACA H199_0729AC

2 Clean the INNER GUIDE with CLEANING PADS soaked with DMSO CLEANER. Caution

Do not use a SCRAPER on smooth surfaces. 3 If necessary, use a SCRAPER to clean the back of the LOWER COVER. 4 Clean the INSULATION in the LOWER COVER with CLEANING PADS soaked with DMSO CLEANER. 5 Remove: • loose FAZ from the LOWER COVER with a VACUUM CLEANER • residual FAZ and DMSO CLEANER from all areas with ALCOHOL WIPES 6 Install: • ENTRANCE GUIDE • 4 SCREWS

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 18OCT06 8F1623 Page 28 of 46

7 Place used CLEANING PADS and ALCOHOL WIPES in a BAG SP78999828680 for discarding after all cleaning of the PROCESSOR is completed.

Cleaning the DIVERTER AY and Installing a New FELT PAD AY Caution

• You must read the Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all cleaning materials before doing this procedure. • The cleaning solution DMSO is readily absorbed through the skin, resulting in an almost instantaneous garlic-like taste in the mouth and bad breath which might persist for several days. There are no health issues for exposure to DMSO, but DMSO has the potential to carry other chemicals through the skin. GLOVES must be worn to prevent exposure. • You must have adequate ventilation before cleaning. Do not clean in areas with little or no active ventilation such as storage rooms or closets. • You must allow the parts to cool for a minimum of 30 minutes before cleaning. • You must check that there are no ignition sources in the area. These include, but are not limited to, CIGARETTES, SWITCHES, electrical OUTLETS, LIGHT BULBS, and flames. • You MUST wear GLOVES and SAFETY GLASSES with SIDE SHIELDS to prevent contact of cleaning materials and FAZ with the skin and eyes. You must discard the GLOVES after cleaning. One time use only. • You must place used ALCOHOL WIPES, CLEANING PADS, and GLOVES in a BAG SP78999828680. Use a TIE-WRAP on the BAG and discard the BAG correctly.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 18OCT06 8F1623 Page 29 of 46

DIVERTER AY with FELT PAD AY

2 SCREWS

2 SIDE PLATES

Important

• You must do this procedure only at 20,000 cycles. • At 40,000 cycles, you must do Installing a New DIVERTER AY and a New FELT PAD AY. 1 Remove:

Kapton

BASE

2 NUTS

BLADE

• 2 SCREWS • DIVERTER AY with FELT PAD AY • 2 NUTS • FELT PAD AY from the DIVERTER 2 Clean the following parts with ALCOHOL WIPES:

FELT PAD AY DIVERTER H199_0727GCA H199_0727GC

• DIVERTER • Kapton BLADE

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 18OCT06 8F1623 Page 30 of 46

2 SIDE PLATES

Caution 2 SCREWS

SLOT DIVERTER

When you use a SCRAPER in the area of the DRUM, do not cut the DRUM. 3 If necessary, use a SCRAPER to remove FAZ from:

SCREW

• BASE • 2 SIDE PLATES

TAB BASE

NUT FELT PAD AY H199_0726ACA H199_0726AC

Caution

Do not allow DMSO CLEANER on any plastic parts, because the CLEANER causes a white mark on the plastic parts. 4 Use CLEANING PADS soaked with DMSO CLEANER to clean the BASE. 5 Remove: • loose FAZ in the area of the BASE with a VACUUM CLEANER • residual FAZ and DMSO CLEANER with ALCOHOL WIPES

6 Insert the new FELT PAD AY into the DIVERTER. 7 Install the 2 NUTS. 8 Install the DIVERTER AY and the new FELT PAD AY. a Insert the TABS on the ends of the DIVERTER into the 2 SIDE PLATES. b Install, but do not tighten, the 2 SCREWS. c Move the DIVERTER up until the SCREWS are at the bottom of the SLOTS. d Tighten the 2 SCREWS.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 18OCT06 8F1623 Page 31 of 46

9 Discard the old FELT PAD AY. 10 Place used CLEANING PADS and ALCOHOL WIPES in a BAG SP78999828680 for discarding after all cleaning of the PROCESSOR is completed.

Installing a New DIVERTER AY and a New FELT PAD AY Caution

• You must read the Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all cleaning materials before doing this procedure. • The cleaning solution DMSO is readily absorbed through the skin, resulting in an almost instantaneous garlic-like taste in the mouth and bad breath which might persist for several days. There are no health issues for exposure to DMSO, but DMSO has the potential to carry other chemicals through the skin. GLOVES must be worn to prevent exposure. • You must have adequate ventilation before cleaning. Do not clean in areas with little or no active ventilation such as storage rooms or closets. • You must allow the parts to cool for a minimum of 30 minutes before cleaning. • You must check that there are no ignition sources in the area. These include, but are not limited to, CIGARETTES, SWITCHES, electrical OUTLETS, LIGHT BULBS, and flames. • You MUST wear GLOVES and SAFETY GLASSES with SIDE SHIELDS to prevent contact of cleaning materials and FAZ with the skin and eyes. You must discard the GLOVES after cleaning. One time use only. • You must place used ALCOHOL WIPES, CLEANING PADS, and GLOVES in a BAG SP78999828680. Use a TIE-WRAP on the BAG and discard the BAG correctly. • You must do this procedure only at 40,000 cycles.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 18OCT06 8F1623 Page 32 of 46

1 Remove: DIVERTER AY with FELT PAD AY

2 SCREWS

• 2 SCREWS • DIVERTER AY with FELT PAD AY Caution

When you use a SCRAPER in the area of the DRUM, do not cut the DRUM. 2 Use a SCRAPER to remove FAZ from: • BASE • SIDE PLATES H199_0728ACA H199_0728AC

Caution

Do not allow DMSO CLEANER on any plastic parts, because the CLEANER causes a white mark on the plastic parts. 3 Use CLEANING PADS soaked in DMSO CLEANER to clean the BASE. 4 Remove: • loose FAZ in the area of the BASE with a VACUUM CLEANER • residual FAZ and DMSO CLEANER with ALCOHOL WIPES

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 18OCT06 8F1623 Page 33 of 46

5 Install the new DIVERTER AY with a new FELT PAD AY.

2 SIDE PLATES DRUM

2 SCREWS DIVERTER AY with FELT PAD AY SLOT DIVERTER

SCREW

TAB BASE

NUT FELT PAD AY H199_0726ACB H199_0726AC

a Insert the FELT PAD AY into the DIVERTER. b Tighten the 2 NUTS. c Insert the TABS on the ends of the DIVERTER into the 2 SIDE PLATES. d Install, but do not tighten, the 2 SCREWS. e Move the DIVERTER AY up until the 2 SCREWS are at the bottom of the SLOTS. f Tighten the 2 SCREWS.

6 Discard the old DIVERTER AY and the old FELT PAD AY. 7 Place used CLEANING PADS and ALCOHOL WIPES in a BAG SP78999828680 for discarding after all cleaning of the PROCESSOR is completed.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 18OCT06 8F1623 Page 34 of 46

Installing New DRUM EXIT TRANSPORT ROLLERS 2 DRUM EXIT TRANSPORT ROLLERS

PROCESSOR

Important

Do this procedure only at 100,000 cycles. 1 At the front of the PROCESSOR, remove: • 2 E-RINGS • 2 BEARINGS

2 E-RINGS 2 BEARINGS SPRING

• SPRING

RETAINER

• RETAINER 2 E-RINGS

2 At the back of the PROCESSOR, remove: • 2 E-RINGS

PULLEY

• PULLEY

SPRING 2 BEARINGS IDLER ROLLER

RETAINER DRIVE ROLLER

E-RING

H199_0725GCA H199_0725GC

3 At the back of the PROCESSOR, remove from the end of the IDLER ROLLER: • SPRING • BEARING • RETAINER

4 At the back of the PROCESSOR, remove from the end of the DRIVE ROLLER: • E-RING • BEARING 5 Remove the 2 DRUM EXIT TRANSPORT ROLLERS. 6 Install the new DRUM EXIT TRANSPORT ROLLERS in reverse order of the removal procedure.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 18OCT06 8F1623 Page 35 of 46

Cleaning the COOLING SECTION Caution

• You must read the Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all cleaning materials before doing this procedure. • The cleaning solution DMSO is readily absorbed through the skin, resulting in an almost instantaneous garlic-like taste in the mouth and bad breath which might persist for several days. There are no health issues for exposure to DMSO, but DMSO has the potential to carry other chemicals through the skin. GLOVES must be worn to prevent exposure. • You must have adequate ventilation before cleaning. Do not clean in areas with little or no active ventilation such as storage rooms or closets. • You must allow the parts to cool for a minimum of 30 minutes before cleaning. • You must check that there are no ignition sources in the area. These include, but are not limited to, CIGARETTES, SWITCHES, electrical OUTLETS, LIGHT BULBS, and flames. • You MUST wear GLOVES and SAFETY GLASSES with SIDE SHIELDS to prevent contact of cleaning materials and FAZ with the skin and eyes. You must discard the GLOVES after cleaning. One time use only. • You must place used ALCOHOL WIPES, CLEANING PADS, and GLOVES in a BAG SP78999828680. Use a TIE-WRAP on the BAG and discard the BAG correctly. • Do not use a SCRAPER on the COOLING SECTION. • Do not allow DMSO CLEANER on any plastic parts, because the CLEANER causes a white mark on the plastic parts.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 18OCT06 8F1623 Page 36 of 46

1 Clean the COOLING SECTION with CLEANING PADS soaked in DMSO CLEANER.

TRANSPORT ROLLERS

2 Remove residual FAZ and DMSO CLEANER with ALCOHOL WIPES. 3 Check for large debris and FAZ on the TRANSPORT ROLLERS. 4 If necessary, vacuum the area of the COOLING SECTION.

COOLING SECTION

H199_0741ACA H199_0741AC

5 Place used CLEANING PADS and ALCOHOL WIPES in a BAG SP78999828680 for discarding after all cleaning of the PROCESSOR is completed.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 18OCT06 8F1623 Page 37 of 46

Cleaning the DENSITOMETER LOWER GUIDE Important LOWER GUIDE FELT PAD

• Do this procedure only if there is a FELT PAD on the LOWER GUIDE of the DENSITOMETER. • DO NOT use alcohol or any other type of cleaner.

DENSITOMETER

1 Clean the FELT PAD on the leading edge of the LOWER GUIDE with a “lint free” CLOTH. 2 Check for large debris or FAZ “residue” on the FELT PAD. 3 If necessary, vacuum the area of the LOWER GUIDE.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 18OCT06 8F1623 Page 38 of 46

Assembling the PROCESSOR 1 Install the DRUM. See ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 8F1621:

DRUM COVER

5 SCREWS

Section

Replacements

Procedure

PROCESSOR DRUM

2 Install: • DRUM DUCT in the DRUM COVER • 5 SCREWS 3 Install the DRUM COVER. a Lower the ROLLERS onto the DRUM.

DRUM DUCT H199_0731ACA H199_0731AC

back 3 SCREWS

DRUM COVER

b Place the DRUM COVER in position for installation. c Install the front 3 SCREWS.

front 3 SCREWS

d Hold the DRUM COVER and ROLLERS at both ends and carefully lift to the up position. e Install the back 3 SCREWS.

DRUM

ROLLERS

H199_0706ACC H199_0706AC

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 18OCT06 8F1623 Page 39 of 46

4 Install the LOWER FAZ TRAP. See ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 8F1621: Section

Replacements

Procedure

PROCESSOR LOWER FAZ TRAP

5 Install the UPPER FAZ TRAP. See ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 8F1621:

FAZ HOSES

Section

Replacements

Procedure

PROCESSOR UPPER FAZ TRAP

6 Install the FAZ HOSES. 7 Discard all used cleaning materials.

UPPER TRAP LOWER TRAP

H199_0740ACA H199_0740AC

a Place the GLOVES in a BAG SP78999828680 with PADS and WIPES. b Place a TIE-WRAP on the BAG. c Discard the BAG in accordance with local regulations or procedures.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 18OCT06 8F1623 Page 40 of 46

Installing a New CHARCOAL FILTER 1 Open the LOWER RIGHT FRONT DOOR. 2 Remove the DUCT FILTER DOOR. DUCT FILTER DOOR

a Press in on the LEVER. b Disconnect the WIRE LATCH. 3 Remove the old CHARCOAL FILTER. LEVER WIRE LATCH

LOWER RIGHT FRONT DOOR

4 Vacuum the inside of the PLENUM reaching the maximum distance as possible. 5 Record the following information on the LABEL of the new CHARCOAL FILTER:

H199_0736ACA H199_0736AC

PLENUM

• cycle count • date 6 Install: • new CHARCOAL FILTER • DUCT FILTER DOOR 7 Close the FRONT DOOR. Caution

• CHARCOAL FILTERS are not dangerous debris. FILTER

DUCT FILTER DOOR

H199_0737GCA H199_0737GC

• You must check with your local government to determine if additional requirements apply. 8 Discard the old CHARCOAL FILTERS.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 18OCT06 8F1623 Page 41 of 46

Installing a New AIR FILTER Important

Do this procedure only at 40,000 cycles. 1 Open the LOWER RIGHT FRONT DOOR. 2 Loosen the CAPTIVE SCREW. 3 Move the COVER to the left to remove the COVER with the AIR FILTER. COVER

CAPTIVE SCREW LOWER RIGHT FRONT DOOR

H199_0734ACA H199_0734AC

4 Remove the AIR FILTER from the COVER. 5 Install: • new AIR FILTER in the COVER • COVER with the AIR FILTER 6 Tighten the CAPTIVE SCREW. 7 Close the FRONT DOOR. 8 Discard the old AIR FILTER.

FILTER COVER H199_0735ACA H199_0735AC

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 18OCT06 8F1623 Page 42 of 46

Checking the Operation 1 Connect the POWER CORD. 2 Energize the 8900 LASER IMAGER RELEASE 3. 3 Allow the FILM PROCESSOR to warm to “READY.” 4 Connect your LAPTOP COMPUTER to the service port. 5 Connect to the SERVICE TOOL through the “Secure Tunnel”. 6 Use the SERVICE TOOL and the TEMPERATURE METER KIT to check the temperature of the DRUM. See ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 8F1621: Section

Adjustments

Procedure

PROCESSOR - Temperature of DRUM

7 If necessary, adjust the temperature. 8 If the SPINNER MOTOR MIRROR was cleaned during this PM, do a calibration for each DRAWER that included a FILM CARTRIDGE. 9 Make a “Flat-field” test print. 10 Compare the test print with the “Flat-field” test print made before the PM. 11 Make a print of a customer image. 12 Check the quality of the print with the customer.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 18OCT06 8F1623 Page 43 of 46

Resetting the PM Count and Changing the Service History Important

You can reset the PM Count to 20,000 and automatically add PM data to the “Service History” log by using the Service Menu of the LOCAL PANEL. 1 Touch [Service] for access to the service function of the LOCAL PANEL. 2 Enter the Service Menu. a For “User ID,” type 99 b For “Passcode,” type 987654 Note

If this “Passcode” was changed, and you do not have the new “Passcode”, you can use the SERVICE TOOL and select Local Panel>Local Panel to open the Service Menu.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 18OCT06 8F1623 Page 44 of 46

3 Touch [PM] on the “Add to Service History” screen. Note

This action resets the “Print Counter” to 20,000 and sends this PM information to the “Service History.” 4 Touch [Filter Change]. Note

This action changes the “Service History” automatically. 5 Use the SERVICE TOOL and select System Information>Service History to display the “Service History” log.

6 Click [Modify].

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 18OCT06 8F1623 Page 45 of 46

7 In the “Notes” window, enter: • your name • date • type of service call: PM, either 20,000, 40,000 or 100,000 film cycles – Emergency Maintenance (EM) – Preventive Maintenance (PM), either 20,000, 40,000, or 100,000 cycles Note

This information will be reviewed by the Field Engineer at the start of the next PM to determine which type of PM to do. 8 Add new records in the other blank fields in the “Service History”. 9 Click [Save]. 10 To download the “Service History” to a file on the HARD DRIVE of your LAPTOP COMPUTER, click [Download]. 11 Store the file in a selected folder.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 18OCT06 8F1623 Page 46 of 46

Publication History Publication Date

Publication No.

ECO No.

Changed Pages

File Name

15JUL05

8F1623

CN0006110

------

8f1623.fm

18OCT06

8F1623

CN0007518

2, 37

8f1623RevB.fm

Notes

• New Publication • Rev A - Serial Number 89005001 and Above • Rev B • Added procedure for cleaning DENSITOMETER LOWER GUIDE.

Kodak and DryView are trademarks of Eastman Kodak Company.

Printed in U.S.A. • 8f1623RevB.fm

EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY Rochester, NY 14650

HEALTH GROUP

© EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY, 2005

{Il ustratedPartsList}{Production}{Health Group}{ExternalAndInternal}

Confidential Restricted Information

HEALTH GROUP Publication No. 8F1622 15JUL05

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST for the Kodak DryView 8900 LASER IMAGER RELEASE 3 Service Code: 4878

Important

Qualified service personnel must repair this equipment.

H199_0500AC

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 2 of 117

PLEASE NOTE

The information contained herein is based on the experience and knowledge relating to the subject matter gained by Eastman Kodak Company prior to publication. No patent license is granted by this information. Eastman Kodak Company reserves the right to change this information without notice, and makes no warranty, express or implied, with respect to this information. Kodak shall not be liable for any loss or damage, including consequential or special damages, resulting from any use of this information, even if loss or damage is caused by Kodak’s negligence or other fault. This equipment includes parts and assemblies sensitive to damage from electrostatic discharge. Use caution to prevent damage during all service procedures.

Table of Contents Description Visual Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Illustrated Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAIN AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COVERS, PANELS, LATCHES and SWITCHES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Top Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Back Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HOOD AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BACK DOOR AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ROLLBACK AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PICKUP AND FEED AY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FEED - Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PICKUP DRIVE - Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PICKUP HEEL - Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VERTICAL TRANSPORT AY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MOTORS, BELTS, TENSIONERS, and PULLEYS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ROLLERS and GUIDES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IMAGING AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAIN AY - Front Right Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAIN AY - Back Left Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPTICS AND CARRIAGE AY - Front Right Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLATEN AY - Front Left Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page 4 5 5 5 8 10 12 14 14 17 17 18 18 22 22 25 27 30 30 32 35 35 38 40 41

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 3 of 117

PLATEN AY - Back Left Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLATEN AY - Front Right Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLATEN FILM TRANSPORT - ROLLERS, GUIDES and FINGERS . . . . . . . PLATEN FILM TRANSPORT - MOTORS, SENSORS and PULLEYS . . . . . FILM PROCESSOR AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FILM PROCESSOR - Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FILM PROCESSOR - Back . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DRUM COVER AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PRESSURE ROLLER AY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COOLING SECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPTICAL COUPLER AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DRIVE TRAIN AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHASSIS AY - Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHASSIS AY - Back . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHASSIS AY - ROLLERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DENSITOMETER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SORTER AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDLER SECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DRIVE SECTION - 1 of 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DRIVE SECTION - 2 of 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DICOM RASTER ENGINE (DRE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DRE AY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . POWER MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . POWER SUPPLY AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Numerical Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alphabetical Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Publication History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

43 45 47 49 51 51 53 55 57 59 60 62 64 66 68 69 71 71 72 73 76 79 79 80 80 81 81 83 100 117

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 4 of 117

Visual Index

Section 1: Visual Index 2 8 9

12

1 10 4, 5

6

11

7

Item

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Description

MAIN AY HOOD AY BACK DOOR AY ROLLBACK AY PICKUP AND FEED AY VERTICAL TRANSPORT AY IMAGING AY FILM PROCESSOR AY SORTER AY DICOM RASTER ENGINE (DRE) POWER MODULE CABLES

3

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 5 of 117

Illustrated Parts List

Section 2: Illustrated Parts List MAIN AY Figure 1

COVERS, PANELS, LATCHES and SWITCHES

42 77

41 41

27 27 23 23 22 22 20 20 21 21 19 19 18 17 44 17 16 7 8 16 8 24 15 24 15 7

31 31

43 43 29 29

12 12 11 11

30 30 4040

10 10 9

7 7

7

25 26 26 39 39 77

1 2 3

32 32

4

5

13

6

14

35

33

34 34 28 28 7

36 37 37 36

38 38

77

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 6 of 117

Illustrated Parts List

Figure 1 Item

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27

COVERS, PANELS, LATCHES and SWITCHES

Part No.

Description

SP8F0768 SP7E7744 SP7E9186 SP8E1201 SP8E1455 SP2B4081 SP7E7744 SP8E4620 SP8E4593 SP78-8161-8389-7 SP7E8015 SP7E9352 SP8F0769 SP7E7744 SP8E1988

PANEL AY - decorative door SCREW - Torx, sems, black WASHER DOOR AY - front STRIKER - latch SCREW - Torx, sems, black SCREW - Torx, sems, black LABEL - vertical transport STOP AY - front door BEARING - Nyliner E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter WASHER DOOR AY - air intake SCREW - Torx, sems, black PANEL AY - decorative, lower, drawer SCREW - Torx, sems, black WASHER PANEL AY - decorative, middle, drawer SCREW - Torx, sems, black WASHER PANEL AY - decorative, upper, drawer SCREW - Torx, sems, black WASHER PANEL AY - film supply SCREW - Torx, sems, black WASHER PANEL AY - left side

SP7E7744 SP7E9186 SP8F0757 SP7E7744 SP7E9186 SP8F0756 SP7E7744 SP7E9186 SP8E1200 SP943600 SP7E9186 SP8F0680

Quantity 1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1 3 3 1 1 2 37 1 1 2 1 1 1 10 1

Notes

Included with item 1. Included with item 1.

Included with item 4.

Included with item 9. Included with item 9. Included with item 9. Included with item 13.

1

1

1

4 4 1

Included with item 15. Included with item 15.

4 4 1

Included with item 18. Included with item 18.

4 4 3 6 6 1

Included with item 21. Included with item 21.

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 7 of 117

Item

28 29

Part No.

Description

SP8F0674 SP8E4677

PANEL AY - right side SCREW - service switch, actuator WASHER - lock, internal SWITCH - SPDT, 250 V, 16 A SCREW - Torx, sems, black COVER - latch LATCH AY ROD - bypass, front door ROD - bypass, lower drawer ROD - bypass, middle drawer ROD - bypass, upper drawer E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter

30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39

SP26-1011-6641-6 SP7E8513 K748353 SP8F0084 SP8E1193 SP8E1978 SP8E1977 SP8E1976 SP8E1975 SP7E8015

40 41

SP8E4133 SP8E4623

42 43 44

Illustrated Parts List

SP8E4250 SP77-8007-4484-7 SP943600

SPRING - bypass SWITCH - power, rocker, 4pole, 125 V, 16 A SPACER, latch to door BUSHING - Heyco SCREW - Torx, sems, black

Quantity 1

Notes

1 1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1 1 4 1 4 1 1 1 1 8 4 1

1

1

1

1

1 1 9

sw1

Used on items 35 38.

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST

Illustrated Parts List

15JUL05 8F1622 Page 8 of 117

Figure 2

Front Components

6

9 8 7 4 10

5

11

16

13 12

15 14 2

1

3

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 9 of 117

Illustrated Parts List

Figure 2

Front Components

Item

Part No.

Description

1

SP8E9434

ROLLBACK AY KIT

2 3 4

SP8E4829 SP2B4081 SP8E9411

SLIDE - film supply SCREW - Torx, sems, black PICKUP AND FEED AY KIT

5 6

SP7E7744 SP8F0139

SCREW - Torx, sems, black VERTICAL TRANSPORT AY KIT

7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

SP8E4522 K748353 SP7E9107 SP7E7744 SP8E4196 SP8E4831 SP2B4081 SP8F0919

GUIDE AY - post vertical up SCREW - Torx, sems, black WASHER SCREW - Torx, sems, black GASKET - film supply SLIDE - outer, imaging AY SCREW - Torx, sems, black IMAGING AY KIT

15 16

SP8F0082 SP8F0083

COVER - air intake filter FILTER - air intake

Quantity 2

2

2

2

2

1-3 6 12 1-3

6

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

1 2 2 1 3 2 8 1 1 1

Notes

Maximum of 3 AYs. See Figure 7. 2 in each DRAWER. 4 in each DRAWER. Maximum of 3 AYs. See Figure 8 Figure 10. 2 in each DRAWER. See Figure 11 and Figure 12. Included with item 7. Included with item 7.

See Figure 13 Figure 20.

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST

Illustrated Parts List

15JUL05 8F1622 Page 10 of 117

Figure 3

Top Components

1 2 3 2

4 11

8

2

6 9

5

12

2 7

13

10

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 11 of 117

Illustrated Parts List

Figure 3

Top Components

Item

Part No.

Description

1 2 3

SP8F0942 SP7E7744 -----

HOOD AY SCREW - Torx, sems, black PROCESSOR AY

4

SP8E4644

SORTER AY

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

SP8E4260 SP8E4201 K748353 SP998185 SP26-1007-0054-6 SP26-1001-7033-6 SP77-8007-4484-7 SP74-9999-9120-6 SP8E7491

COVER - hood interlock SWITCH AY - interlock SCREW - Torx, sems, black FASTENER - connector locking post MOUNT - Panduit TIE WRAP - Panduit BUSHING - Heyco LABEL - model/serial LABEL AY - serial no., main frame

Quantity 3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

1 35 1 1 1 1 2 2 37 37 1 1 1

Notes

See Figure 5. See Figure 21 Figure 31. See Figure 32 Figure 35.

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST

Illustrated Parts List

15JUL05 8F1622 Page 12 of 117

Figure 4

Back Components

14

11 13

16 17 15

12

10 8

20

18

7 6

9

19

5 3 4

2

1

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 13 of 117

Illustrated Parts List

Figure 4

Back Components

Item

Part No.

Description

1 2 3 4

SP8F0085 SP8E4630 SP7E7744 SP8F0081

DOOR AY - back LABEL - warning, Japanese SCREW - Torx, sems, black PANEL - electronics access

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

SP8F3963 SP8F0036 SP748360 SP7F6252 SP8E4996 SP8F0193 SP8F0129 SP8E4201 K748353 SP8F0192 SP8E4410 SP7F3360 SP748359

POWER MODULE DRE AY SCREW - Torx, sems, black FAN AY - filter PLENUM AY - filter FITTING, coupling, filter DUCT, vertical, filter SWITCH AY - interlock SCREW - Torx, sems, black FITTING, elbow, filter COVER - access window BOARD - processor SCREW - Torx, sems, black

18 19 20

SP8E1584 BOARD - cartridge control SP8F0364 BOARD AY - EBA SP8E1587 BOARD - RF tag

Quantity 4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

1 1 12 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 4 1 21 1 1 1

Notes

Includes the FASTENER. See Figure 37. See Figure 36.

Used to fasten all BOARDS.

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 14 of 117

Illustrated Parts List

HOOD AY Figure 5

Overview

16

17 24 23

2 11 19

22 21

2

1

9

10

14

20 12

8

18

15

13

4

7

2 3

5

6

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 15 of 117

Illustrated Parts List

Figure 5

Overview

Item

Part No.

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

SP8F0510 SP7E7744 SP8E4312 SP8E4313 SP8E4264 SP26-10085021-8 SP6E8952 SP8E4304 SP7E8016

10

SP7E8015 E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter

11 12

SP8E4286 ROD GUIDE - prop SP66-0000- BUMPER - round 0235-3

PANEL - local SCREW - Torx, sems, black GASKET - vertical GASKET - horizontal PIPE - light ADHESIVE - general purpose, gel, clear, 20 gram tube SPRING - gas, 40 lb, stroke 6, extended 17 ROD AY - prop E-RING - 3/8 in. shaft diameter

Quantity 5

5

5

5

5

1 15 2 2 1 1

Notes

Install with item 6.

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

1 2 1 1 1 2

Included with item 8. Included with item 8.

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 16 of 117

Illustrated Parts List

Item

Part No.

Description

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

K748353 SP8E4300 SP26-10116641-6 SP8E4766 SP8E4018 SP8E4019 ----------SP5F0279 -----SP7E7744

24

SP7E8700 SCREW - Torx, pan head

SCREW - Torx, sems, black ACTUATOR - interlock WASHER - lock, internal CABLE - DRE, VGA to local panel CABLE - DRE, mouse to local panel CABLE - DRE, speaker to local panel HINGE SUPPORT - gas spring CLAMP SUPPORT AY - hood SCREW - Torx, sems, black

Quantity 5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

Notes

2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 8 1 5 18

Not available. Not available. Not available. Included with item 22. Included with item 22.

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 17 of 117

Illustrated Parts List

BACK DOOR AY Figure 6

Overview

1

5

2

3 4 Figure 6 Item

Part No.

1 2 3 4 5

SP8F0086 SP8E4212 SP7E7744 SP7E9522 SP8F1053

Overview

Description

GASKET AY - back panel ACTUATOR - interlock SCREW - Torx, sems, black LATCH - compression LABEL - belt path

Quantity 6

6

6

6

6

1 1 2 1 1

Notes

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 18 of 117

Illustrated Parts List

ROLLBACK AY Figure 7

10

Overview

1

15 14 13

16

9

6 17

12

18

5

11

7

39

4

1 23

36

3

8

6

29

37

5

7 24

22

29

2 1 20 36

27

21 19

25

13

30

26

40 38

51

31

28 44

41

46 50

49 48 35

45

47

34 33

32 36

42 43

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 19 of 117

Illustrated Parts List

Figure 7 Item

Part No.

1 2 3 4 5

SP7E8015 SP8E4386 SP8E4812 SP8E4634 SP7E8015

6

SP748354 SCREW - Torx, sems, black

Overview

Description

E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter KNOB - roller GUARD - actuator LINK AY - roller, front E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter

7

K748353

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

SP8E4450 SP8E4935 SP5E5188 SP7E7439 SP8E4336 SP7E8008 SP8E4349 -----SP8E4635

17 18

SP8E4088 ROLLER AY - rollback SP6E8884 SCREW - Torx, button, black

19

SP96-00005332-0 ----------SP8E4080 SP7E8211 K748353

20 21 22 23 24

SCREW - Torx, sems, black SPRING - rollback clearance MOTOR - DC, rollback SCREW - Torx, sems, black PIN - dowel GEAR - motor BEARING - ball, extended race, shielded GEAR - roller FLAG - roller LINK AY - roller, back

SPRING - extension CAM - guard BASE - film, guard COVER - cabling CHAIN - plastic SCREW - Torx, sems, black

Quantity 7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

8 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 4

Notes

Included with items 4 and 16. Included with items 4 and 16. Included with items 4 and 16. mdc1

Not available. Includes items 5, 6 and 7. Included with item 17.

2 1 1 1 1 4

Not available. Not available.

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 20 of 117

Item

Part No.

25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33

SP8E1796 SP9B9445 SP8E4460 SP8E4459 SP748354 SP8E1025 SP8E4053 SP5E7865 SP26-10072397-7 SP26-10045503-4 SP8E1590 SP2B4081 SP5E7988 SP7E7798 SP8E4810

34 35 36 37 38 39

Illustrated Parts List

Description

SPRING - connector SCREW - Torx, sems, black CONNECTOR - carriage SHAFT - connector SCREW - Torx, sems, black SENSOR - interrupt SENSOR - flag CARRIAGE - rollback NUT - keps, black, zinc WASHER - flat, steel, zinc BOARD - RF antenna SCREW - Torx, sems, black DRUM - spring, constant force SPRING - constant force NEST - roller

Quantity 7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

2 2 1 1 9 2 1 1 13 4 1 14 2 2 1

Notes

sr3, s4 sr2

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 21 of 117

Illustrated Parts List

Item

Part No.

40 41 42

44 45

-----SP8E1625 SP26-10017033-6 SP26-10118445-0 SP8E7426 SP7E8454

HARNESS KIT - drawer CLAMP - cable

46 47 48 49 50 51

SP445942 SP8E1646 SP8E4595 SP8E7484 SP8E4828 ------

BUSHING - Heyco, snap GASKET - EMI, drawer LABEL - film access LABEL AY - serial no., rollback SLIDE - inner, film supply FRAME - rollback

43

Description

SHAFT - film guard LOCATOR - cartridge TIE WRAP - Panduit MOUNT - Panduit

Quantity 7

7

7

7

2 2 17

Notes

Not available.

13

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7 1 1 1 1 2 1

Included with item 44.

Not available.

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 22 of 117

Illustrated Parts List

PICKUP AND FEED AY Figure 8

FEED - Components

12

24

23

10

29 28

8 2

15

12

14

17

4

22

14

2

33

26

20

2

38

25 8

16

9

4

8

2

35

12 31

39

11 4

32

40

37

12

7 10

5 13 9 6 1

4

18

19 43

34 41

2

3 21

30

12

36

2 2

9

27

12

42

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 23 of 117

Illustrated Parts List

Figure 8 Item

Part No.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28

SP8E4936 SP7E8015 SP8E4336 SP7E7439 SP7E7744 -----SP5E5188 SP7E8016 SP8E4338 SP7E8977 SP8E1036 SP5F2063 SP8E4449 SP8E4394 SP8E1692 SP8E4337 SP7E8033 SP748360 SP8E1249 SP7E9587 -----SP8E1002 SP8E9433 SP8E9443 SP7E7743 SP8E1025 SP8E1024 SP26-10072397-7

FEED - Components

Description

MOTOR - DC, film feed E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter GEAR - motor PIN - dowel SCREW - Torx, sems, black MOUNT - DC motor SCREW - Torx, sems, black E-RING - 3/8 in. shaft diameter GEAR - drive, pickup BEARING - ball, flanged SHAFT - drive, pickup BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race PULLEY - 3 mm, 50 tooth PULLEY - 3 mm, 16 tooth SHAFT - idler, pickup PULLEY - timing BELT - timing, 3 mm, 131 tooth SCREW - Torx, sems, black MOTOR - stepper, feed roller close CLIP - wire mounting MOUNT - back, rollers ROLLER - drive, pickup GUIDE KIT - lower GUIDE KIT - upper SCREW - Torx, sems, black SENSOR - interrupt SENSOR - flag NUT - keps, black, zinc

Quantity 8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

1 33 1 4 18 1 2 5 3 2 1 8 1 2 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 2 1 1 11 1 1 11

Notes

mdc4

Not available.

mst5 Not available.

s8 sf9

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 24 of 117

Item

Part No.

29 30 31 32

-----SP8E1316 SP8E4340 SP26-10059819-7 SP8E4339 SP8E4335 SP8E1408 SP8E1055 SP8E1004 SP8E4334 SP7E8657 -----SP8E1010 SP8E4043 SP8E4042

33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43

Illustrated Parts List

Description

MOUNT - front, rollers PIN - link, pickup LINK - pickup E-RING - 3/16 in. shaft diameter FLAG - roller, pickup GEAR - idler, pickup PIN - idler gear SCREW - shoulder, rocker PIN - rocker ROCKER - pickup SPRING - compression RING - drive, pickup ROLLER - idler, pickup HARNESS - pickup HARNESS - feeder

Quantity 8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

1 2 2 9 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1

Notes

Not available.

Not available.

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST

Illustrated Parts List

15JUL05 8F1622 Page 25 of 117

Figure 9

PICKUP DRIVE - Components

5 11

7

8

6 4

22

16

3

2

10

9

1

23 3 13

3

8

17

14

12

16

15 19 20

18 21

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 26 of 117

Illustrated Parts List

Figure 9 Item

Part No.

1 2 3 4

SP748360 SP5E7909 SP7E8015 SP26-10059819-7 SP8E1830 -----SP8E4332 SP5E7667 SP7E8506 SP8E4728 SP8E4333 SP5E7689 -----SP26-10085590-2 8E4148 SP6-10072397-7 -----SP7E7753 SP8E4466 SP7E7736 SP96-00004233-1 SP8E4314 SP7E7744

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

PICKUP DRIVE - Components Description

SCREW - Torx, sems, black MOTOR - DC, pickup E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter E-RING - 3/16 in. shaft diameter PIN - driver DRIVER - motor PULLEY - cable PIN - pulley SPRING - extension PIN - spring, link LINK - pulley CABLE - drive LOCK - heel NUT - keps, black, zinc VALVE AY NUT - keps, black, zinc MOUNT - DC motor CLAMP - loop, nylon TUBING - pump PUMP - vacuum TAPE SPRING - cable SCREW - Torx, sems, black

Quantity 9

9

9

9

9

9

9

9

9

9

9

9

9

9

9

9

9

9

9

9

9

9

9

4 1 7 1 1 1 3 4 1 1 2 1 1 2

Notes

mdc2

Not available.

Not available.

1 5

sol3

1 1 1 1 1

Not available.

1 1

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST

Illustrated Parts List

15JUL05 8F1622 Page 27 of 117

Figure 10

PICKUP HEEL - Components

44 42 2 24

22 21 20 26

32 33

27

30

19 6

15

31 25

14

18

29

23

41

28 1

34

17

3

16 10

11

37

47 13 12

46

9

4 36

8

7 6

35 38 39 40

45 2

5

2

43

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 28 of 117

Illustrated Parts List

Figure 10 Item

Part No.

1 2 3 4 5

SP7E8525 SP7E8015 SP5E7972 -----SP5F2063

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28

PICKUP HEEL - Components Description

SPRING - extension E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter PIN - spring SHAFT - heel BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race SP26-1005-9819-7 E-RING - 3/16 in. shaft diameter SP8E4341 BUMPER - home SP5E7663 PIN - spring, pivot SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black SP7E8978 BEARING - ball, radial SP8E4853 SCREW - shoulder SP8E4854 ROLLER - pickup -----ARM - cup pivot SP5E7656 PIN - carriage SP8E1469 SPRING - carriage SP8E4462 TUBING - carriage SP78-8094-5694-6 CUP - pickup SP8E4919 SCREW - cup SP8E4327 CARRIAGE - pickup SP5E7667 PIN - pulley SP8E4328 PULLEY - drive -----PIN - pulley SP7E8507 SPRING - extension SP8E4331 PULLEY - pivot SP8E1463 CABLE - spring SP8E1464 SCREW - shoulder, arm -----ARM - cable SP7E7743 SCREW - Torx, sems, black

Quantity 10

10

10

10

2 12 2 2 4

Notes

Not available.

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

6 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 2 4 4 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 7

Not available.

Not available.

Not available.

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 29 of 117

Illustrated Parts List

Item

Part No.

Description

29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45

SP8E4330 -----SP8E4409 SP8E4407 SP8E4408 SP2B4312 SP8E4464 SP8E4463 SP8E4465 SP96-0000-4022-8 SP26-1007-0054-6 SP26-1001-7033-6 SP8E7483 SP8E4488 ----------SP8E1025

46

SP8E1024

SENSOR - flag

47

SP7E9788

BEARING - ball, radial

FLAG - cup pivot SHAFT - cup pivot PAD - heel, back PAD - heel, front PAD - heel, middle WASHER - flat, nylon TUBING - heel, back TUBING - heel, front TUBING - frame FITTING - t, tube to tube MOUNT - Panduit TIE WRAP - Panduit LABEL - serial no. LABEL - frame HEEL - pickup FRAME - pickup SENSOR - interrupt

Quantity 10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 2

1 4

Notes

Not available.

Not available. Not available. s5 and s6 are fastened by item 28. sf7 is fastened by item 28.

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 30 of 117

Illustrated Parts List

VERTICAL TRANSPORT AY Figure 11

MOTORS, BELTS, TENSIONERS, and PULLEYS

4

7 8 10 11 12 17 2 20 5 16 13 14 15

9

1

8 7 6 19

3

18

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 31 of 117

Illustrated Parts List

Figure 11

MOTORS, BELTS, TENSIONERS, and PULLEYS

Item

Part No.

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

SP8E1205 SP8E4448 SP8E4449 SP8E4394 SP7E8033 SP5F2497 SP7E8535 SP7E9565 SP7E9252 SP8E4541 SP5F2063

12

SP748361 SCREW - Torx, sems, black

13 14

SP8E4540 TENSIONER AY - grooved SP6E8808 BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race

15

SP748361 SCREW - Torx, sems, black

16 17 18

SP8F0147 HARNESS - vertical transport SP7E8015 E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black

MOTOR - stepper PULLEY - 3 mm, 30 tooth PULLEY - 3 mm, 50 tooth PULLEY - 3 mm, 16 tooth BELT - timing, 3 mm, 131 tooth BELT - timing, 3 mm, 255 mm, 85 tooth BELT - timing, 3 mm, 408 mm, 136 tooth BELT - timing, 3 mm, 282 mm, 94 tooth BELT - timing, 3 mm, 372 mm, 124 tooth TENSIONER AY - flanged BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race

Quantity 11

11

11

11

11

11

11

11

11

11

11

11

11

11

11

11

11

11

2 1 1 21 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 8

Notes

mst6, mst15

Included with item 10. Included with item 10. Included with item 13. Included with item 13.

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 32 of 117

Illustrated Parts List

Figure 12

ROLLERS and GUIDES

12 11 18

35

30 33 19

29

23 24 16

34

31

28

21

32 26

17

20

27

5 9 7

1

8 4

6

2

13 22

15

14 10

3

25 H199_1003DC

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 33 of 117

Illustrated Parts List

Figure 12 Item

Part No.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

SP8E4386 SP5F2063 SP8E4393 SP8E4385 SP8E4116 SP8E1725 SP8E1723 SP8E1722 SP8E1724 SP8E1818 SP26-10070054-6 SP26-10017033-6 SP8E1633 SP8E1776 SP8E4162 SP8E4117 SP8E4750 SP8E1024 SP7E7743 SP8E4095 SP8E4194 SP8E4195 -----

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

ROLLERS and GUIDES

Description

KNOB - roller BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race SPRING - idler roller RETAINER - bearing ROLLER - drive, solid, knob ROLLER - idler, segmented ROLLER - drive, segmented ROLLER - drive, solid ROLLER - idler, solid GUIDE - down, lower MOUNT - Panduit TIE WRAP - Panduit GUIDE - down, middle GUIDE - down, flat GUIDE - segmented, dual GUIDE - down, upper COVER - roller, drive, lower SENSOR - flag SCREW - Torx, sems, black GUIDE - segmented, flat COVER - roller, drive COVER - roller, idler STANDOFF

Quantity 12

12

12

12

12

12

12

12

12

12

12

12

12

12

12

12

12

12

12

12

12

12

12

Notes

2 50 20 20 1 5 9 5 5 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 3 3

sf19

Not available.

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 34 of 117

Item

24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35

Part No.

----SP8E7485 ----SP7E8015 SP7E7744 SP8E4742 SP8E4980 SP8E4981 SP8F0135 SP8F0133 SP8F0134 SP8F0132

Illustrated Parts List

Description

PLATE - back LABEL - serial no. PLATE - front E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter SCREW - Torx, sems, black ROLLER - drive, segmented GUIDE - up, lower left GUIDE - up, right, vertical GUIDE - up, lower right GUIDE - up, upper right GUIDE - up, lower left GUIDE - up, upper left

Quantity 12

12

12

12

12

12

12

12

12

12

12

12

1 1 1 52 67 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Notes

Not available. Not available.

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 35 of 117

Illustrated Parts List

IMAGING AY Figure 13

MAIN AY - Front Right Side

11 15 12

10 1

13

16

14

21 19

9 12

17 18 7

34

6

22 23 36

16

24

20

3 33 4

5

25

3

3 2

31

26 28

1

8

6

7

27 29 30

32

35

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 36 of 117

Illustrated Parts List

Figure 13

MAIN AY - Front Right Side

Item

Part No.

Description

1 2 3 4

SP943600 SP8E4951 SP2B4081 ------

SCREW - Torx, sems, black SPACER - carriage, shipping SCREW - Torx, sems, black LABEL - warning

5 6 7 8

-----SP3H5699 SP8E4417 SP5F0244

BRACKET - top, isolation SCREW - Torx, sems, black BRACKET - shipping SCREW - Torx, sems, yellow

9 10

SP8E9441 SP748360

MAGNETIC WAY AY KIT SCREW - Torx, sems, black

11 12 13 14

SP8F0170 SP748361 SP8E1146 SP8E9211

OPTIC AND CARRIAGE AY KIT SCREW - Torx, sems, black RAIL - right, translation RAIL AND SCALE AY KIT

15

------

SCREW - shoulder, socket head

16 17 18 19 20 21

SP26-1006-2032-2 SP96-0000-1559-2 SP7E9832 ----------SP7E7743

NUT - keps, 8-32, black WASHER - M4, steel, zinc BUMPER - round BRACKET - interrupt sensor, back BRACKET - interrupt sensor, front SCREW - Torx, sems, black

Quantity 13

13

13

13

13

13

13

13

13

13

13

13

13

13

13

13

13

13

13

13

13

6 1 19 1

1 4 2 2 1 6 1 3 1 1

1

4 4 4 1 1 4

Notes

Not available. The LABEL is in 2 parts. Not available.

Used during shipment. Included with item 9. See Figure 15.

Includes the RAIL, SCALE, and the SHOULDER SCREW. Not available. Included with item 14.

Not available. Not available. Used to fasten items 19 and 20.

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 37 of 117

Item

Part No.

22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

SP244868 K748353 SP8E5953 SP7E7744 -----SP8E4830 -----SP26-1001-7033-6 SP26-1007-0054-6 ---------------------

35 36

SP8E4986 SP8E4987

Illustrated Parts List

Description

CLAMP - flat cable, screw mount SCREW - Torx, sems, black BRACKET - support, ribbon cable SCREW - Torx, sems, black BRACKET - right, isolation SLIDE - inner, imaging AY STRAP - platen, ground TIE WRAP - Panduit MOUNT - Panduit LABEL - serial no. BRACKET - base, isolation LABEL - warning PLATEN AY

GASKET - long, isolation GASKET - short, isolation

Quantity 13

13

13

13

13

13

13

13

13

13

13

13

13

13

13

5 5 1 2 1 2 1 16 16 1 1 1 1

1 1

Notes

Not available. Not available.

Not available. Not available. Not available. Not available. See Figure 16 Figure 18.

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST

Illustrated Parts List

15JUL05 8F1622 Page 38 of 117

Figure 14

MAIN AY - Back Left Side

1

9 8

2

7 5 3

6 4

1

4 10 12

20

11 12 4

19 13 14 15

4

21

22

16

17

18

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 39 of 117

Illustrated Parts List

Figure 14

MAIN AY - Back Left Side

Item

Part No.

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

SP3H5699 SP8E4417 -----SP2B4081 -----SP8E1567 -------------------------SP8E9212

SCREW - Torx, sems, black BRACKET - shipping LABEL - warning, back cover SCREW - Torx, sems, black COVER - flex termination BOARD AY - flex termination GASKET BUSHING - Heyco, snap BRACKET - back, isolation CABLE - ribbon, data, optics CABLE - ribbon, power, optics CABLE KIT

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

SP8E4045 SP8E4046 SP8E4032 SP8E4392 SP7E8491 SP8E4406 ---------------SP8E1749

HARNESS - platen motors HARNESS - platen sensor CABLE - start of page sensor CABLE AY - isolation SPRING - compression GUIDE - spring POST - retention POST - retention GROMMET - round DAMPER - isolation, lateral

Quantity 14

14

14

14

14

14

14

14

14

14

14

14

14

14

14

14

14

14

14

14

14

14

3 1 1 12 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 4 4 4 2 2 4 4

Notes

Not available. Not available. Not available. Not available. Not available. See item 12. See item 12. Flex cables with bracket and clamps. Includes items 10 and 11.

Not available. Not available. Not available.

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 40 of 117

Illustrated Parts List

Figure 15

OPTICS AND CARRIAGE AY - Front Right Side

1 2

Figure 15 Item

1 2

Part No.

OPTICS AND CARRIAGE AY - Front Right Side Description

SP748354 SCREW - Torx, sems, black SP8E1025 SENSOR - interrupt

Quantity 15

15

2 2

Notes

s16, s17

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST

Illustrated Parts List

15JUL05 8F1622 Page 41 of 117

Figure 16

2

1

PLATEN AY - Front Left Side

9

3

7 10

5

8

6

4

14 15 10

3

16 17

10

13

2 18

1 5

11 12

10

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 42 of 117

Illustrated Parts List

Figure 16

PLATEN AY - Front Left Side

Item

Part No.

1 2 3 4 5 6

SP7E8015 SP8E4413 SP5F2063 SP8E1699 SP7E7744 SP8E1433

E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter GEAR - 30 tooth, film registration BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race SHAFT - drive, film registration SCREW - Torx, sems, black REGISTRATION AY - platen film

7 8 9 10 11 12 13

SP7E7744 K748353 SP8E1369 SP3H5699 SP8E1701 SP7E7744 SP8E1362

SCREW - Torx, sems, black SCREW - Torx, sems, black FINGER AY SCREW - Torx, sems, black REGISTRATION AY - front film SCREW - Torx, sems, black REGISTRATION AY - rear film

14 15

SP8E4413 GEAR - 30 tooth, film registration SP7E8015 E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter

16 17

SP8E1205 MOTOR - stepper SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black

18

------

Description

FRAME AY - platen

Quantity 16

16

16

16

16

16

16

16

16

16

16

16

16

16

16

16

16

16

2 2 2 1 2 1 2 5 5 8 1 4 1 1 1 1 2 1

Notes

Includes items 7, 8, and 9.

Included with item 11. Includes items 14 17. Used to fasten item 14. mst7 Used to fasten item 16. Not available.

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 43 of 117

Illustrated Parts List

Figure 17

4

PLATEN AY - Back Left Side

5

11

2 3

10 12

9

13 7 6

14 16

15

8

1

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 44 of 117

Illustrated Parts List

Figure 17 Item

Part No.

PLATEN AY - Back Left Side

Description

1 2 3

SP3H5699 SCREW - Torx, sems, black SP8E4752 BRACKET - shipping lock SP7F3964 TRANSPORT AY - platen film

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

SP7E7744 SP8E5730 SP8E1373 SP2B4081 SP8E5956 SP8E5957 SP8E7072 SP26-10072397-7 SP8E5729 SP6E8884 SP8E5726 SP943600 SP7F6165

12 13 14 15 16

SCREW - Torx, sems, black BRACKET - sensor, start of page BOARD - start of page sensor SCREW - Torx, sems, black RETAINER - film centering finger FINGER - film centering, left SPRING - torsion NUT - keps, black, zinc BRACKET - film centering, left SCREW - Torx, button, black SLIDE - film centering SCREW - Torx, sems, black BRACKET - shipping, bottom

Quantity 17

17

17

17

17

17

17

17

17

17

17

17

17

17

17

17

4 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 2 1 4 2

Notes

See Figure 19 and Figure 20.

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST

Illustrated Parts List

15JUL05 8F1622 Page 45 of 117

Figure 18

PLATEN AY - Front Right Side

3 4 2 1 16 17

1 15 3

11 12

1

4

10 8

14

13

9

7

6

5

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 46 of 117

Illustrated Parts List

Figure 18 Item

Part No.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

SP7E7744 SP8E4054 SP748354 SP8E1025 SP2B4081 SP8E5956 SP8E5958 SP8E7072 SP26-10072397-7 SP8E5728 SP6E8884 SP8E5726 SP7E8015 SP8E5727 K748353 SP8E9216 SP8E5977

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

PLATEN AY - Front Right Side Description

SCREW - Torx, sems, black BRACKET - sensor SCREW - Torx, sems, black SENSOR - interrupt SCREW - Torx, sems, black RETAINER - film centering finger FINGER - film centering, right SPRING - torsion NUT - keps, black, zinc BRACKET - film centering, right SCREW - Torx, button, black SLIDE - film centering E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter LINK - film centering SCREW - Torx, sems, black MOTOR AND LEAD SCREW KIT BRACKET - motor

Quantity 18

18

18

18

18

18

18

18

18

18

18

18

18

18

18

18

18

4 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 4 1 2 1 1 1 4 1 1

Notes

s11, s12

mst10

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 47 of 117

Illustrated Parts List

Figure 19

PLATEN FILM TRANSPORT - ROLLERS, GUIDES and FINGERS

22 23 9

10

6 3

8

4

11

13

14

1

8

20 2

5

8 21

7 12

15

17

16

18

19

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 48 of 117

Figure 19 Item

Part No.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

SP7E8015 SP8E4386 SP5F2063 SP8E4385 SP8E4393 -----SP8E4444 SP7E7744 SP8E4095 ----------------

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

Illustrated Parts List

PLATEN FILM TRANSPORT - ROLLERS, GUIDES and FINGERS Description

E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter KNOB - roller BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race RETAINER - bearing SPRING - idler roller SHAFT - carriage FINGER AY SCREW - Torx, sems, black GUIDE - segmented, flat RETAINER - shaft ROLLER - idler, segmented, lower transport ROLLER - idler, segmented, platen transport SP8E4742 ROLLER - drive, segmented -----ROLLER - drive, solid, lower transport -----ROLLER - drive, segmented, platen transport -----SPRING - extension, finger SP26-1007- NUT - keps, black, zinc 2397-7 -----LINK - slide SP8E1688 GUIDE - right -----GUIDE - left SP8E1117 SLIDE - finger -----LABEL - serial no. -----FRAME - platen transport

Quantity 19

19

19

19

19

19

19

19

19

19

19

Notes

6 1 5 2 2 10 5 10 1 1 1 1

Not available. Not available. Not available.

1 1 1

Not available. Not available.

Not available.

19

19

19

19

19

19

19

19

19

19

19

19

5 8

Not available.

1 1 1 2 1 1

Not available. Not available. Not available. Not available.

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 49 of 117

Figure 20

Illustrated Parts List

PLATEN FILM TRANSPORT - MOTORS, SENSORS and PULLEYS

19 20

2 22 21

19

17 14

17 13

15

12 2 1

1

6

7 8

3 4 5 2

18

9 16 10 11

1 2

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 50 of 117

Illustrated Parts List

Figure 20 Item

Part No.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

SP7E8015 SP7E7744 K748353 SP8E1968 SP8E9215 SP7E8215 SP8E4448 SP8E1205 SP8E4542 SP5F2063 SP748361 SP748361 SP8E1423 SP5F2063 SP8E4447 SP8E4394 SP8E4393 SP8E4385 SP748354 SP8E4365 SP8E1025 SP8E4107

PLATEN FILM TRANSPORT - MOTORS, SENSORS and PULLEYS Description

E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter SCREW - Torx, sems, black SCREW - Torx, sems, black MOUNT - motor MOTOR AND LEAD SCREW KIT BELT - timing, 3 mm, 125 tooth PULLEY - 3 mm, 30 tooth MOTOR - stepper TENSIONER AY - flat BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race SCREW - Torx, sems, black SCREW - Torx, sems, black SHAFT - idler, timing BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race IDLER - timing, 3 mm PULLEY - 3 mm, 16 tooth SPRING - idler roller RETAINER - bearing SCREW - Torx, sems, black SENSOR - flag SENSOR - interrupt BRACKET - sensor

Quantity 20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

7 6 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 2 2 7 2 3 2 2 2 1 1 1

Notes

mst8 Included with item 9. Included with item 9.

sf13 s10

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 51 of 117

Illustrated Parts List

FILM PROCESSOR AY Figure 21

FILM PROCESSOR - Front

1

3 5 2 4

8

6 7

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 52 of 117

Illustrated Parts List

Figure 21

FILM PROCESSOR - Front

Item

Part No.

Description

1 2 3

DRUM COVER AY - processor MAIN DRUM AY CLEVIS - grooved, with e-ring

4 5 6

SP8E4137 SP8E1341 SP26-10121661-7 SP7E8015 SP7E9243 ------

7 8

SP8E1763 ------

GASKET - duct CHASSIS AY

E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter SPRING - extension SECTION AY - cooling

Quantity 21

21

21

21

21

21

21

21

1 1 2 4 2 1 1 1

Notes

See Figure 23.

Not available. See Figure 25. Not available. See Figure 28 Figure 30.

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST

Illustrated Parts List

15JUL05 8F1622 Page 53 of 117

Figure 22

FILM PROCESSOR - Back

1

6

8

2 3

9 4 11

10

7

5

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 54 of 117

Illustrated Parts List

Figure 22 Item

Part No.

1 2 3 4 5 6

SP7E7743 SP981710 SP8E4037 ----------------

7

------

8 9 10 11

-----SP5F2515 SP8F0182 SP748360

FILM PROCESSOR - Back

Description

SCREW - Torx, sems, black SCREW - Torx, sems, black HARNESS - slip rings COVER - guard GUARD - electrical COUPLER AY - optical TRAIN AY - drive LABEL - warning, high voltage BELT - timing, roller BRACKET - motor, support SCREW - Torx, sems, black

Quantity 22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

6 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Notes

Not available. Not available. Not available. See Figure 26. Not available. See Figure 27. Not available.

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST

Illustrated Parts List

15JUL05 8F1622 Page 55 of 117

Figure 23

DRUM COVER AY

3 5

6

7 4 8

9

10

11 2

1 H199_1006DC

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 56 of 117

Illustrated Parts List

Figure 23 Item

Part No.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

SP7E7744 -----SP8E1301 SP981710 SP8E4887 SP8E4892 -----

8

-----

9 10 11

DRUM COVER AY

Description

SCREW - Torx, sems, black SPACER - cover PRESSURE ROLLER AY SCREW - Torx, sems, black DUCT - drum INSULATION - cover GASKET - cover

GASKET - cover

SP8E4289 HANDLE - cover -----LABEL - hot surface -----FRAME - cover

Quantity 23

23

23

23

23

23

23

23

23

23

23

6 6 1 13 1 1 1

2

1 1 1

Notes

Not available. See Figure 24.

If necessary, order ACCESSORY KIT COVER, THERMAL PROCESSOR, SP7F6183. If necessary, order ACCESSORY KIT COVER, THERMAL PROCESSOR, SP7F6183. Not available. Not available.

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST

Illustrated Parts List

15JUL05 8F1622 Page 57 of 117

Figure 24

PRESSURE ROLLER AY

2 6 2 1 11

3

8 9

5 7

10 8 12 13 14 15

7 1 2

4

3

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 58 of 117

Illustrated Parts List

Figure 24 Item

Part No.

1

SP26-10059819-7 SP7E7744 SP8E1898 ---------------SP8E4181 --------------------SP8E1305 SP26-10059819-7 SP96-00000364-8 SP26-10117059-0

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

PRESSURE ROLLER AY

Description

E-RING - 3/16 in. shaft diameter SCREW - Torx, sems, black INSULATION - end PLATE - mounting, clip, front MOUNTING AY - clip, back KEEPER - processor roller SPRING - roller PLATE - retainer RETAINER - back RETAINER - front SHAFT - retainer ROLLER AY - pressure E-RING - 3/16 in. shaft diameter WASHER BEARING - grade 511

Quantity 24

24

24

24

24

24

24

24

24

24

24

24

24

24

24

Notes

6 1 2 1 1 4 36 2 1 1 3 36 2 2 2

Not available. Not available. Not available. Not Not Not Not

available. available. available. available.

Included with item 12. Included with item 12. Included with item 12.

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 59 of 117

Illustrated Parts List

Figure 25

COOLING SECTION

1

2 8

3

4

7 5

6

Figure 25 Item

Part No.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

SP748355 SP8E1730 SP8E7077 SP7E7744 SP8E7022 SP7E7743 SP8E4664 SP8E4929

COOLING SECTION

Description

SCREW - Torx, sems, black FAN OUTLET AY - cooling section SCREW - Torx, sems, black INLET AY - cooling section SCREW - Torx, sems, black HEATSINK AY - cooling section GASKET - fan, cooling section

Quantity 25

25

25

25

25

3 1 1 3 1

25

Included with item 3. Included with item 5.

25

25

Notes

1 1

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST

Illustrated Parts List

15JUL05 8F1622 Page 60 of 117

Figure 26

OPTICAL COUPLER AY

4

2

1

3

1 5

6

7 8

9 10 11 18

17

20 19 22

21 16

12

14

13

15

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 61 of 117

Illustrated Parts List

Figure 26

OPTICAL COUPLER AY

Item

Part No.

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

SP748354 SP8E4431 SP7E9379 SP8E4432 SP7E9343 SP8E4433 SP8E4013 SP7E7744 SP8E1262 SP7E9242

SCREW - Torx, sems, black HOLDER - optical sensor PHOTOSENSOR CAP - optical sensor WASHER BRACKET- optical sensor CABLE - processor receiver SCREW - Torx, sems, black BRUSH AY SCREW - Torx, tapping, pan head

11

SPRING - brush

12 13 14 15 16 17 18

SP26-10116656-4 SP748361 SP8E4447 SP5F2063 -----SP7E8015 SP8E1886 SP8E1286

SCREW - Torx, sems, black IDLER - timing, 3 mm BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race SHAFT - idler, timing E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter SPRING - torsion, idler IDLER AY - spring loaded

19 20 21 22

SP748361 SP5F2063 SP168355 ------

SCREW - Torx, sems, black BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race BEARING - Nyliner FRAME - pedestal

Quantity 26

26

26

26

26

Notes

3 1 1 1 1

26

26

26

26

26

26

26

26

26

26

26

26

26

26

26

26

26

1 2 1 2 5 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1

Included with item 9. Included with item 9.

Not available.

Includes items 19 - 21.

Not available.

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST

Illustrated Parts List

15JUL05 8F1622 Page 62 of 117

Figure 27

DRIVE TRAIN AY

3 4

1 13 2

12

7

6 11

5 15 14 10 9 4

8

7

4

5

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 63 of 117

Illustrated Parts List

Figure 27 Item

Part No.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

SP7E9232 SP7E8486 SP943600 SP7E8015 SP8E4394 SP8E1205 SP5F2063 ----------SP8E4498 SP8E4786 SP7E9674 SP8E4768 SP8E4758 ------

DRIVE TRAIN AY

Description

BELT - timing, drum BELT - timing, drive SCREW - Torx, sems, black E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter PULLEY - 3 mm, 16 tooth MOTOR - stepper BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race SPACER - shaft SHAFT - intermediate PULLEY - 80 tooth PLATE - motor isolation GROMMET SLEEVE - isolation PLATE - isolation FRAME - drive train

Quantity 27

27

27

27

27

27

27

27

27

27

27

27

27

27

27

1 1 4 4 3 1 2 1 1 1 1 4 4 1 1

Notes

mst16 Not available. Not available.

Not available.

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST

Illustrated Parts List

15JUL05 8F1622 Page 64 of 117

Figure 28

CHASSIS AY - Front

7 2 9 5 15 14 5 12 13 11

10 6

1

3

4

16

8

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 65 of 117

Illustrated Parts List

Figure 28 Item

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Part No.

SP8E4380 SP8F0295 SP2B4081 SP8E1806 SP981710 -----SP26-1003-6902-9 SP8E1501 SP8E1925 -----SP748360 SP8E4735 -----SP8E1897 -----------

CHASSIS AY - Front

Description

DUCT - u TRAP AY - upper, condensation SCREW - Torx, sems, black TRAP AY - lower, condensation SCREW - Torx, sems, black PLATE - cooling NUT - metric, clear DIVERTER AY - film PAD AY - felt GUARD - cover SCREW - Torx, sems, black GASKET - main drum PLATE - side, front INSULATION - end, main drum PLATE - side, back FRAME - processor

Quantity 28

28

28

28

28

28

28

28

28

28

28

28

28

28

28

28

1 1 6 1 6 1 2 1 1 2 6 4 1 2 1 1

Notes

Not available.

Not available.

Not available. Not available. Not available.

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST

Illustrated Parts List

15JUL05 8F1622 Page 66 of 117

Figure 29

CHASSIS AY - Back

3

4 5 1

2

21 10 12 11 13

15 22 14

9

19

20

16 18

17

6 8 1

7

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 67 of 117

Illustrated Parts List

Figure 29 Item

Part No.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

SP981710 SP8E1327 SP7E9343 -----SP8E4554 SP8F0296 SP981710 SP8F0298 SP7E8015 SP8E4393 SP5F2063 SP8E4385 SP8E4394 SP748361 SP8E1423 SP8E4440 SP8E4540 SP8E1205 SP8E4448 SP8E1763 SP5F2514 8E4542

CHASSIS AY - Back

Description

SCREW - Torx, sems, black DENSITOMETER AY WASHER PLATE - chassis INSULATION - chassis GUIDE AY - entrance SCREW - Torx, sems, black GUIDE - vertical E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter SPRING - idler roller BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race RETAINER - bearing PULLEY - 3 mm, 16 tooth SCREW - Torx, sems, black SHAFT - idler, timing IDLER - timing, flat, flanged TENSIONER AY - grooved MOTOR - stepperG1010 PULLEY - 3 mm, 30 tooth GASKET - duct BELT - timing, roller TENSIONER AY - flat

Quantity 29

29

29

29

29

29

29

29

29

29

29

29

29

29

29

29

29

29

29

29

29

29

20 1 4 2 1 1 4 1 20 6 23 6 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Notes

See Figure 31. Not available.

Included with item 6.

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 68 of 117

Illustrated Parts List

Figure 30

CHASSIS AY - ROLLERS

4 2 6 1 7

3

5

Figure 30 Item

Part No.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

SP7E8015 SP8E4393 SP5F2063 SP8E4385 SP5E7997 SP7F6894 SP8E1183

CHASSIS AY - ROLLERS

Description

E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter SPRING - idler roller BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race RETAINER - bearing ROLLER - idler, solid ROLLER - drive, solid ROLLER - drive, solid, upper

Quantity 30

30

30

30

30

30

30

9 3 9 3 3 1 3

Notes

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST

Illustrated Parts List

15JUL05 8F1622 Page 69 of 117

Figure 31

2

DENSITOMETER

3

1

4 5

11

6 7

9 10

8

12 13

17 15

14

16

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 70 of 117

Illustrated Parts List

Figure 31 Item

Part No.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

SP981710 ----------SP748355 ---------------SP748354 SP8E1024 -------------------------K748353 -----------

DENSITOMETER

Description

SCREW - Torx, sems, black LABEL - serial no. COVER - densitometer SCREW - Torx, sems, black BOARD - light source PIPE - densitometer, light HOLDER - light pipe SCREW - Torx, sems, black SENSOR - flag CABLE - densitometer exit sensor BRACKET - sensor GUIDE - upper SPACER - densitometer GUIDE - lower SCREW - Torx, sems, black CABLE - light source BOARD - densitometer

Quantity 31

31

31

31

31

31

31

31

31

31

31

31

31

31

31

31

31

10 1 1 4 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1

Notes

Not available. Not available. Not available. Not available. Not available. sf20 Not available. Not available. Not available. Not available. Not available. Not available. Not available.

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 71 of 117

Illustrated Parts List

SORTER AY Figure 32

Overview

2 3

4 1

Figure 32 Item

Part No.

1 2

SP8E1214 SP8E4644

SECTION - sorter idler SORTER AY

3 4

SP8E4601 ------

LABEL - sorter access LABEL - serial no.

Overview

Description

Quantity 32

32

32

32

1 4 1 1

Notes

See Figure 33. See Figure 34 and Figure 35. Not available.

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 72 of 117

Illustrated Parts List

Figure 33

IDLER SECTION

1 2 3

4

Figure 33 Item

Part No.

1 2

SP8E1550 SP78-80165859-8 SP7E8225 ------

3 4

IDLER SECTION

Description

ROLLER AY - idler E-RING - 3/16 in. shaft diameter LATCH FRAME - sorter idler

Quantity 33

33

33

33

Notes

4 4 1 1

Not available.

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST

Illustrated Parts List

15JUL05 8F1622 Page 73 of 117

Figure 34

DRIVE SECTION - 1 of 2

2 18

1

19 30

22

1

11 1

24 20

21

23

17

14

13

12

1

10

15

9

5

16

6

26

27

25

3

31

3

29 28

8

7

4

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 74 of 117

Illustrated Parts List

Figure 34 Item

Part No.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

SP7E7743 -----SP136224 SP8E1406 SP7E9162 ----------SP8E4324 SP8E4325 SP8E1616 SP8E1559 SP8E4210 -----SP8E1910 SP8E9440 SP8E9439 SP7E9447 SP78-80165853-1 SP7E8007

19

DRIVE SECTION - 1 of 2

Description

SCREW - Torx, sems, black COVER - sorter E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter KNOB - roller NUT - hex, self-locking MOUNT - diverter actuator SPACER - rotary actuator ACTUATOR - rotary, diverter, bin 1 ACTUATOR - rotary, diverter, bin 2 - 5 COUPLING - helical, diverter BOARD - detector, jam sense HARNESS - rotary solenoid/sensor COLLIMATOR - photo cell PLATE - catch BRUSH AY - anti-static, bin 6 BRUSH AY - anti-static, bin 1-5 SPRING - pressure roller E-RING - 7/32 in. shaft diameter BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race

Quantity 34

34

34

34

34

34

34

34

34

34

34

34

34

34

34

34

34

34

34

29 1 2 1 10 1 5 1 4 5 1 1 1 1 1 5 12 20 12

Notes

Not available.

Not available. Not available. sol4 sol5 - 8

Not available.

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 75 of 117

Item

Part No.

20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29

SP8E4183 SP7E9157 SP8E1315 SP8E4624 SP8E1777 ----------SP8E4645 -----SP26-10000785-0 SP7E7439 ------

30 31

Illustrated Parts List

Description

HOUSING - bearing BEARING - ball, radial ROLLER - transport ROLLER - pressure, segmented GEAR - drive, 12 tooth SHAFT - pivot BEARING - pivot TRAY - back, bin 1 PLUG - round BUSHING - grommet PIN - dowel FRAME - drive AY

Quantity 34

34

34

34

34

34

34

34

34

34

34

34

12 12 6 6 6 1 2 1 1 1 6 1

Notes

Not available. Not available. Not available.

Not available.

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST

Illustrated Parts List

15JUL05 8F1622 Page 76 of 117

Figure 35

DRIVE SECTION - 2 of 2

13

25

27

14

26

15

6 18

7

7

16

8

9 10

20 19

12

21

28

23 24

4 17

11 22

3 5

4

2 1

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 77 of 117

Illustrated Parts List

Figure 35 Item

Part No.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

SP7E7744 SP8E1216 SP8E4152 SP7E7743 SP7E8226 SP136224 SP7E8007 SP8E1153 SP78-80165853-1 SP7E7439 SP8E1558 SP7E9607 SP78-80165859-8 ----------SP78-80165853-1

10 11 12 13 14 15 16

DRIVE SECTION - 2 of 2

Description

SCREW - Torx, sems, black MOTOR - stepper COUPLING - motor SCREW - Torx, sems, black MOUNT - damper E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race SHAFT AY - drive E-RING - 7/32 in. shaft diameter PIN - dowel BOARD - emitter, jam sense REFLECTOR - LED E-RING - 3/16 in. shaft diameter SLEEVE - shaft ROLLER AY - guide E-RING - 7/32 in. shaft diameter

Quantity 35

35

35

35

35

35

35

35

35

35

35

35

35

35

35

35

2 1 1 5 1 2 6 1 7

Notes

mst17

Included with item 8.

7 1 1 5

Included with item 8.

2 4 6

Not available. Not available.

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 78 of 117

Item

Part No.

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

SP8E1777 SP8E1315 SP7E9157 SP8E4183 SP8E4138 SP7E7439 SP8E1690 SP8E1508 SP78-80054748-7 SP8E4209 SP8E1622 K151779

26 27 28

Illustrated Parts List

Description

GEAR - drive, 12 tooth ROLLER - transport BEARING - ball, radial HOUSING - bearing ROLLER - pressure, ball bearing PIN - dowel ROLLER - transport, lower DIVERTER AY TIE-WRAP - Panduit HARNESS - motor BOARD - sorter control BEARING - Nyliner

Quantity 35

35

35

35

35

35

35

35

35

35

35

35

2 1 4 4 2 2 1 5 7 1 1 5

Notes

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 79 of 117

Illustrated Parts List

DICOM RASTER ENGINE (DRE) Figure 36

DRE AY

2 5

3

1 4

Figure 36 Item

Part No.

1 2 3 4 5

SP8F0036 tbd tbd tbd tbd

DRE

Description

DRE AY DRIVE - DVD ROM HARD DRIVE - SATA POWER SUPPLY FAN

Quantity 36

36

36

36

36

1 1 1 1 2

Notes

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 80 of 117

Illustrated Parts List

POWER MODULE Figure 37

POWER SUPPLY AY

3

2

7 5

6 4 1 8 Figure 37 Item

Part No.

1 2 3

SP8E4945 SP7E9143 SP26-10043199-3 SP8E4880 SP8E4883 -------------

4 5 6 7 8

POWER SUPPLY AY

Description

BOARD - alternating current POWER SUPPLY - switcher, +5, +24 V DC CIRCUIT BREAKER FAN AY GASKET BASE - power supply FAN - tube, axial, 115 V AC, 50/60 Hz BRACKET - fan

Quantity 37

37

37

37

37

37

37

37

Notes

1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1

Not available. Not available. Not available.

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 81 of 117

Illustrated Parts List

CABLES Figure 38

Overview

26

1

10

2 3 13 14 22

9

18

23

19

15

11 12

8

24 7 20

21 4

16 25

17 6

5 H199_1005DC-fap

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 82 of 117

Illustrated Parts List

Figure 38 Item

Part No.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

SP8E4035 SP8E4049 SP8E4206 SP8E4038 SP8E4022 SP8E4023 SP8E4027

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

SP8E4024 SP8E4226 SP8E4050 SP8E4051 SP8E4000 SP8E4036 SP8E4001 SP8E4034 SP8E4010 SP8E4015 SP8E4009 SP8E4002 SP8E4008 SP8E4006 SP8E4005 SP8E4007 SP8E4004 SP8E4016 SP8F0191

Overview

Description

HARNESS - EBA to drawer solenoids CABLE - service switch HARNESS - drawer interlocks CABLE - ethernet, DICOM CABLE - AC, power switch CABLE - AC, processor power CABLE - cartridge controller to bulkhead, pickup, upper CABLE - cartridge controller to bulkhead, feeder, upper CABLE - faz fan CABLE - interlock, hood CABLE - interlock, front door CABLE - interlock, back door HARNESS - EBA to sorter CABLE - EBA to vertical bulkhead HARNESS - processor and cooling section CABLE - EBA to flexterm data CABLE - DRE to EBA data CABLE - EBA to flexterm motors/sensors CABLE - EBA power CABLE - EBA to flexterm power CABLE - EBA to densitometer CABLE - EBA to cart. controller CABLE - EBA to processor comm CABLE - EBA to RF tag reader CABLE - EBA to DRE comm 2 CABLE - DENSITOMETER drive motor

Quantity 38

38

38

38

38

38

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

38

1 38

38

38

38

38

38

38

38

38

38

38

38

38

38

38

38

38

38

38

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Notes

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 83 of 117

Numerical Index

Section 3: Numerical Index Numerical Index Part No. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Description BASE - power supply BRACKET - fan FAN - tube, axial, 115 V AC, 50/60 Hz GASKET - cover PLATE - back PLATE - front PROCESSOR AY STANDOFF ARM - cable ARM - cup pivot BASE - film, guard BEARING - pivot BOARD - densitometer BOARD - light source BRACKET - back, isolation BRACKET - base, isolation BRACKET - interrupt sensor, back BRACKET - interrupt sensor, front BRACKET - right, isolation BRACKET - sensor BRACKET - top, isolation BUSHING - Heyco, snap CABLE - densitometer exit sensor CABLE - light source CABLE - ribbon, data, optics CABLE - ribbon, power, optics CAM - guard CHASSIS AY COLLIMATOR - photo cell COUPLER AY - optical COVER - densitometer

Figure No. 37 37 37 23 12 12 3 12 10 10 7 34 31 31 14 13 13 13 13 31 13 14 31 31 14 14 7 21 34 22 31

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 84 of 117

Numerical Index

Numerical Index Part No. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Description COVER - flex termination COVER - guard COVER - sorter DRIVER - motor FLAG - roller FRAME - cover FRAME - drive AY FRAME - drive train FRAME - pedestal FRAME - pickup FRAME - platen transport FRAME - processor FRAME - rollback FRAME - sorter idler FRAME AY - platen GASKET GROMMET - round GUARD - cover GUARD - electrical GUIDE - left GUIDE - lower GUIDE - upper HEEL - pickup HINGE HOLDER - light pipe KEEPER - processor roller LABEL - hot surface LABEL - serial no. LABEL - warning LABEL - warning, back cover LABEL - warning, high voltage LINK - slide LOCK - heel

Figure No. 14 22 34 9 7 23 34 27 26 10 19 28 7 33 16 14 14 28 22 19 31 31 10 5 31 24 23 13, 19, 31, 32 13 14 22 19 9

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 85 of 117

Numerical Index

Numerical Index Part No. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Description MOUNT - back, rollers MOUNT - DC motor MOUNT - diverter actuator MOUNT - front, rollers MOUNTING AY - clip, back PIN - pulley PIPE - densitometer, light PLATE - chassis PLATE - cooling PLATE - mounting, clip, front PLATE - retainer PLATE - side, back PLATE - side, front PLATEN AY PLUG - round POST - retention RETAINER - back RETAINER - front RETAINER - shaft RING - drive, pickup ROLLER - drive, segmented, platen transport ROLLER - drive, solid, lower transport ROLLER - idler, segmented, lower transport ROLLER - idler, segmented, platen transport ROLLER AY - guide SCREW - shoulder, socket head SECTION AY - cooling SHAFT - carriage SHAFT - cup pivot SHAFT - film guard SHAFT - heel SHAFT - idler, timing SHAFT - intermediate

Figure No. 8 8, 9 34 8 24 10 31 29 28 24 24 28 28 13 34 14 24 24 19 8 19 19 19 19 35 13 21 19 10 7 10 26 27

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 86 of 117

Numerical Index

Numerical Index Part No. ------------------------------------------------------------8E4148 8E4542 K151779 K748353

SP136224 SP168355 SP244868 SP26-1000-0785-0 SP26-1001-7033-6 SP26-1003-6902-9 SP26-1004-3199-3 SP26-1004-5503-4 SP26-1005-9819-7 SP26-1006-2032-2 SP26-1007-0054-6 SP26-1007-2397-7 SP26-1008-5021-8 SP26-1008-5590-2 SP26-1011-6641-6 SP26-1011-6656-4

Description SHAFT - pivot SHAFT - retainer SLEEVE - shaft SPACER - cover SPACER - densitometer SPACER - rotary actuator SPACER - shaft SPRING - extension, finger STRAP - platen, ground SUPPORT - gas spring SUPPORT AY - hood TRAIN AY - drive VALVE AY TENSIONER AY - flat BEARING - Nyliner SCREW - Torx, sems, black

E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter BEARING - Nyliner CLAMP - flat cable, screw mount BUSHING - grommet TIE WRAP - Panduit NUT - metric, clear CIRCUIT BREAKER WASHER - flat, steel, zinc E-RING - 3/16 in. shaft diameter NUT - keps, 8-32, black MOUNT - Panduit NUT - keps, black, zinc ADHESIVE - general purpose, gel, clear, 20 gram tube NUT - keps, black, zinc WASHER - lock, internal SPRING - brush

Figure No. 34 24 35 23 31 34 27 19 13 5 5 22 9 29 35 1, 13, 16, 18, 2, 20, 3, 31, 4, 5, 7 34, 35 26 13 34 10, 12, 13, 3, 7 28 37 7 10, 24, 8, 9 13 10, 12, 13, 3 17, 18, 19, 7, 8 5 9 1, 5 26

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 87 of 117

Numerical Index

Numerical Index Part No. SP26-1011-7059-0 SP26-1011-8445-0 SP26-1012-1661-7 SP2B4081 SP2B4312 SP3H5699 SP445942 SP5E5188 SP5E7656 SP5E7663 SP5E7667 SP5E7689 SP5E7865 SP5E7909 SP5E7972 SP5E7988 SP5E7997 SP5F0244 SP5F0279 SP5F2063

SP5F2497 SP5F2514 SP5F2515 SP6-1007-2397-7 SP66-0000-0235-3 SP6E8808 SP6E8884 SP6E8952 SP74-9999-9120-6 SP748354

Description BEARING - grade 511 MOUNT - Panduit CLEVIS - grooved, with e-ring SCREW - Torx, sems, black WASHER - flat, nylon SCREW - Torx, sems, black BUSHING - Heyco, snap SCREW - Torx, sems, black PIN - carriage PIN - spring, pivot PIN - pulley CABLE - drive CARRIAGE - rollback MOTOR - DC, pickup PIN - spring DRUM - spring, constant force ROLLER - idler, solid SCREW - Torx, sems, yellow CLAMP BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race

BELT - timing, 3 mm, 255 mm, 85 tooth BELT - timing, roller BELT - timing, roller NUT - keps, black, zinc BUMPER - round BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race SCREW - Torx, button, black SPRING - gas, 40 lb, stroke 6, extended 17 LABEL - model/serial SCREW - Torx, sems, black

Figure No. 24 7 21 1, 13, 14, 17, 18, 2, 28, 7 10 13, 14, 16, 17 7 7, 8 10 10 10, 9 9 7 9 10 7 30 13 5 10, 11, 12, 16, 19, 20, 26, 27, 29, 30, 8 11 29 22 9 5 11 17, 18, 7 5 3 15, 18, 20, 26, 31, 7

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 88 of 117

Numerical Index

Numerical Index Part No. SP748355 SP748359 SP748360

Description SCREW - Torx, sems, black SCREW - Torx, sems, black SCREW - Torx, sems, black

SP748361

SCREW - Torx, sems, black

SP77-8007-4484-7 SP78-8005-4748-7 SP78-8016-5853-1 SP78-8016-5859-8 SP78-8094-5694-6 SP78-8161-8389-7 SP7E7439 SP7E7736 SP7E7743

BUSHING - Heyco TIE-WRAP - Panduit E-RING - 7/32 in. shaft diameter E-RING - 3/16 in. shaft diameter CUP - pickup BEARING - Nyliner PIN - dowel PUMP - vacuum SCREW - Torx, sems, black

SP7E7744

SCREW - Torx, sems, black

SP7E7753 SP7E7798 SP7E8007 SP7E8008 SP7E8015

CLAMP - loop, nylon SPRING - constant force BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race BEARING - ball, extended race, shielded E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter

SP7E8016 SP7E8033 SP7E8211 SP7E8215 SP7E8225 SP7E8226

E-RING - 3/8 in. shaft diameter BELT - timing, 3 mm, 131 tooth CHAIN - plastic BELT - timing, 3 mm, 125 tooth LATCH MOUNT - damper

Figure No. 25, 31 4 13, 22, 28, 4, 8, 9 11, 13, 20, 26, 29 1, 3 35 34, 35 33, 35 10 1 34, 35, 7, 8 9 10, 12, 13, 22, 25, 34, 35, 8 1, 10, 11, 12, 13, 16, 17, 18, 19, 2, 20, 23, 24, 25, 26, 3, 35, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9 9 7 34, 35 7 1, 10, 11, 12, 16, 18, 19, 20, 21, 26, 27, 29, 30, 5, 7, 8, 9 5, 8 11, 8 7 20 33 35

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 89 of 117

Numerical Index

Numerical Index Part No. SP7E8454 SP7E8486 SP7E8491 SP7E8506 SP7E8507 SP7E8513 SP7E8525 SP7E8535 SP7E8657 SP7E8700 SP7E8977 SP7E8978 SP7E9107 SP7E9143 SP7E9157 SP7E9162 SP7E9186 SP7E9232 SP7E9242 SP7E9243 SP7E9252 SP7E9343 SP7E9352 SP7E9379 SP7E9447 SP7E9522 SP7E9565 SP7E9587 SP7E9607 SP7E9674 SP7E9788 SP7E9832 SP7F3360

Description CLAMP - cable BELT - timing, drive SPRING - compression SPRING - extension SPRING - extension SWITCH - SPDT, 250 V, 16 A SPRING - extension BELT - timing, 3 mm, 408 mm, 136 tooth SPRING - compression SCREW - Torx, pan head BEARING - ball, flanged BEARING - ball, radial WASHER POWER SUPPLY - switcher, +5, +24 V DC BEARING - ball, radial NUT - hex, self-locking WASHER BELT - timing, drum SCREW - Torx, tapping, pan head SPRING - extension BELT - timing, 3 mm, 372 mm, 124 tooth WASHER WASHER PHOTOSENSOR SPRING - pressure roller LATCH - compression BELT - timing, 3 mm, 282 mm, 94 tooth CLIP - wire mounting REFLECTOR - LED GROMMET BEARING - ball, radial BUMPER - round BOARD - processor

Figure No. 7 27 14 9 10 1 10 11 8 5 8 10 2 37 34, 35 34 1 27 26 21 11 26, 29 1 26 34 6 11 8 35 27 10 13 4

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 90 of 117

Numerical Index

Numerical Index Part No. SP7F3964 SP7F6165 SP7F6252 SP7F6894 SP8E1002 SP8E1004 SP8E1010 SP8E1024 SP8E1025

Description TRANSPORT AY - platen film BRACKET - shipping, bottom FAN AY - filter ROLLER - drive, solid ROLLER - drive, pickup PIN - rocker ROLLER - idler, pickup SENSOR - flag SENSOR - interrupt

SP8E1036 SP8E1055 SP8E1117 SP8E1146 SP8E1153 SP8E1183 SP8E1193 SP8E1200 SP8E1201 SP8E1205 SP8E1205 SP8E1214 SP8E1216 SP8E1249 SP8E1262 SP8E1286 SP8E1301 SP8E1305 SP8E1315 SP8E1316 SP8E1327 SP8E1341 SP8E1362 SP8E1369

SHAFT - drive, pickup SCREW - shoulder, rocker SLIDE - finger RAIL - right, translation SHAFT AY - drive ROLLER - drive, solid, upper LATCH AY PANEL AY - film supply DOOR AY - front MOTOR - stepper MOTOR - stepperG1010 SECTION - sorter idler MOTOR - stepper MOTOR - stepper, feed roller close BRUSH AY IDLER AY - spring loaded PRESSURE ROLLER AY ROLLER AY - pressure ROLLER - transport PIN - link, pickup DENSITOMETER AY MAIN DRUM AY REGISTRATION AY - rear film FINGER AY

Figure No. 17 17 4 30 8 8 8 10, 12, 31, 8 10, 15, 18, 20, 7, 8 8 8 19 13 35 30 1 1 1 11, 16, 20, 27 29 32 35 8 26 26 23 24 34, 35 8 29 21 16 16

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 91 of 117

Numerical Index

Numerical Index Part No. SP8E1373 SP8E1406 SP8E1408 SP8E1423 SP8E1433 SP8E1455 SP8E1463 SP8E1464 SP8E1469 SP8E1501 SP8E1508 SP8E1550 SP8E1558 SP8E1559 SP8E1567 SP8E1584 SP8E1587 SP8E1590 SP8E1616 SP8E1622 SP8E1625 SP8E1633 SP8E1646 SP8E1688 SP8E1690 SP8E1692 SP8E1699 SP8E1701 SP8E1722 SP8E1723 SP8E1724 SP8E1725 SP8E1730

Description BOARD - start of page sensor KNOB - roller PIN - idler gear SHAFT - idler, timing REGISTRATION AY - platen film STRIKER - latch CABLE - spring SCREW - shoulder, arm SPRING - carriage DIVERTER AY - film DIVERTER AY ROLLER AY - idler BOARD - emitter, jam sense BOARD - detector, jam sense BOARD AY - flex termination BOARD - cartridge control BOARD - RF tag BOARD - RF antenna COUPLING - helical, diverter BOARD - sorter control LOCATOR - cartridge GUIDE - down, middle GASKET - EMI, drawer GUIDE - right ROLLER - transport, lower SHAFT - idler, pickup SHAFT - drive, film registration REGISTRATION AY - front film ROLLER - drive, solid ROLLER - drive, segmented ROLLER - idler, solid ROLLER - idler, segmented FAN

Figure No. 17 34 8 20, 29 16 1 10 10 10 28 35 33 35 34 14 4 4 7 34 35 7 12 7 19 35 8 16 16 12 12 12 12 25

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 92 of 117

Numerical Index

Numerical Index Part No. SP8E1749 SP8E1763 SP8E1776 SP8E1777 SP8E1796 SP8E1806 SP8E1818 SP8E1830 SP8E1886 SP8E1897 SP8E1898 SP8E1910 SP8E1925 SP8E1968 SP8E1975 SP8E1976 SP8E1977 SP8E1978 SP8E1988 SP8E4000 SP8E4001 SP8E4002 SP8E4004 SP8E4005 SP8E4006 SP8E4007 SP8E4008 SP8E4009 SP8E4010 SP8E4013 SP8E4015 SP8E4016 SP8E4018

Description DAMPER - isolation, lateral GASKET - duct GUIDE - down, flat GEAR - drive, 12 tooth SPRING - connector TRAP AY - lower, condensation GUIDE - down, lower PIN - driver SPRING - torsion, idler INSULATION - end, main drum INSULATION - end PLATE - catch PAD AY - felt MOUNT - motor ROD - bypass, upper drawer ROD - bypass, middle drawer ROD - bypass, lower drawer ROD - bypass, front door PANEL AY - decorative, lower, drawer CABLE - interlock, back door CABLE - EBA to vertical bulkhead CABLE - EBA power CABLE - EBA to RF tag reader CABLE - EBA to cart. controller CABLE - EBA to densitometer CABLE - EBA to processor comm CABLE - EBA to flexterm power CABLE - EBA to flexterm motors/sensors CABLE - EBA to flexterm data CABLE - processor receiver CABLE - DRE to EBA data CABLE - EBA to DRE comm 2 CABLE - DRE, mouse to local panel

Figure No. 14 21, 29 12 34, 35 7 28 12 9 26 28 24 34 28 20 1 1 1 1 1 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 26 38 38 5

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 93 of 117

Numerical Index

Numerical Index Part No. SP8E4019 SP8E4022 SP8E4023 SP8E4024 SP8E4027 SP8E4032 SP8E4034 SP8E4035 SP8E4036 SP8E4037 SP8E4038 SP8E4042 SP8E4043 SP8E4045 SP8E4046 SP8E4049 SP8E4050 SP8E4051 SP8E4053 SP8E4054 SP8E4080 SP8E4088 SP8E4095 SP8E4107 SP8E4116 SP8E4117 SP8E4133 SP8E4137 SP8E4138 SP8E4152 SP8E4162 SP8E4181 SP8E4183

Description CABLE - DRE, speaker to local panel CABLE - AC, power switch CABLE - AC, processor power CABLE - cartridge controller to bulkhead, feeder, upper CABLE - cartridge controller to bulkhead, pickup, upper CABLE - start of page sensor HARNESS - processor and cooling section HARNESS - EBA to drawer solenoids HARNESS - EBA to sorter HARNESS - slip rings CABLE - ethernet, DICOM HARNESS - feeder HARNESS - pickup HARNESS - platen motors HARNESS - platen sensor CABLE - service switch CABLE - interlock, hood CABLE - interlock, front door SENSOR - flag BRACKET - sensor COVER - cabling ROLLER AY - rollback GUIDE - segmented, flat BRACKET - sensor ROLLER - drive, solid, knob GUIDE - down, upper SPRING - bypass DRUM COVER AY - processor ROLLER - pressure, ball bearing COUPLING - motor GUIDE - segmented, dual SPRING - roller HOUSING - bearing

Figure No. 5 38 38 38 38 14 38 38 38 22 38 8 8 14 14 38 38 38 7 18 7 7 12, 19 20 12 12 1 21 35 35 12 24 34, 35

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 94 of 117

Numerical Index

Numerical Index Part No. SP8E4194 SP8E4195 SP8E4196 SP8E4201 SP8E4206 SP8E4209 SP8E4210 SP8E4212 SP8E4226 SP8E4250 SP8E4260 SP8E4264 SP8E4286 SP8E4289 SP8E4300 SP8E4304 SP8E4312 SP8E4313 SP8E4314 SP8E4324 SP8E4325 SP8E4327 SP8E4328 SP8E4330 SP8E4331 SP8E4332 SP8E4333 SP8E4334 SP8E4335 SP8E4336 SP8E4337 SP8E4338 SP8E4339

Description COVER - roller, drive COVER - roller, idler GASKET - film supply SWITCH AY - interlock HARNESS - drawer interlocks HARNESS - motor HARNESS - rotary solenoid/sensor ACTUATOR - interlock CABLE - faz fan SPACER, latch to door COVER - hood interlock PIPE - light ROD GUIDE - prop HANDLE - cover ACTUATOR - interlock ROD AY - prop GASKET - vertical GASKET - horizontal SPRING - cable ACTUATOR - rotary, diverter, bin 1 ACTUATOR - rotary, diverter, bin 2 - 5 CARRIAGE - pickup PULLEY - drive FLAG - cup pivot PULLEY - pivot PULLEY - cable LINK - pulley ROCKER - pickup GEAR - idler, pickup GEAR - motor PULLEY - timing GEAR - drive, pickup FLAG - roller, pickup

Figure No. 12 12 2 3, 4 38 35 34 6 38 1 3 5 5 23 5 5 5 5 9 34 34 10 10 10 10 9 9 8 8 7, 8 8 8 8

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 95 of 117

Numerical Index

Numerical Index Part No. SP8E4340 SP8E4341 SP8E4349 SP8E4365 SP8E4380 SP8E4385

Description LINK - pickup BUMPER - home GEAR - roller SENSOR - flag DUCT - u RETAINER - bearing

SP8E4386 SP8E4392 SP8E4393

KNOB - roller CABLE AY - isolation SPRING - idler roller

SP8E4394

PULLEY - 3 mm, 16 tooth

SP8E4406 SP8E4407 SP8E4408 SP8E4409 SP8E4410 SP8E4413 SP8E4417 SP8E4431 SP8E4432 SP8E4433 SP8E4440 SP8E4444 SP8E4447 SP8E4448 SP8E4449 SP8E4450 SP8E4459 SP8E4460 SP8E4462 SP8E4463 SP8E4464

GUIDE - spring PAD - heel, front PAD - heel, middle PAD - heel, back COVER - access window GEAR - 30 tooth, film registration BRACKET - shipping HOLDER - optical sensor CAP - optical sensor BRACKET- optical sensor IDLER - timing, flat, flanged FINGER AY IDLER - timing, 3 mm PULLEY - 3 mm, 30 tooth PULLEY - 3 mm, 50 tooth SPRING - rollback clearance SHAFT - connector CONNECTOR - carriage TUBING - carriage TUBING - heel, front TUBING - heel, back

Figure No. 8 10 7 20 28 12, 19, 20, 29, 30 12, 19, 7 14 12, 19, 20, 29, 30 11, 20, 27, 29, 8 14 10 10 10 4 16 13, 14 26 26 26 29 19 20, 26 11, 20, 29 11, 8 7 7 7 10 10 10

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 96 of 117

Numerical Index

Numerical Index Part No. SP8E4465 SP8E4466 SP8E4488 SP8E4498 SP8E4522 SP8E4540 SP8E4541 SP8E4542 SP8E4554 SP8E4593 SP8E4595 SP8E4601 SP8E4620 SP8E4623 SP8E4624 SP8E4630 SP8E4634 SP8E4635 SP8E4644 SP8E4645 SP8E4664 SP8E4677 SP8E4728 SP8E4735 SP8E4742 SP8E4750 SP8E4752 SP8E4758 SP8E4766 SP8E4768 SP8E4786 SP8E4810 SP8E4812

Description TUBING - frame TUBING - pump LABEL - frame PULLEY - 80 tooth GUIDE AY - post vertical up TENSIONER AY - grooved TENSIONER AY - flanged TENSIONER AY - flat INSULATION - chassis STOP AY - front door LABEL - film access LABEL - sorter access LABEL - vertical transport SWITCH - power, rocker, 4-pole, 125 V, ROLLER - pressure, segmented LABEL - warning, Japanese LINK AY - roller, front LINK AY - roller, back SORTER AY TRAY - back, bin 1 HEATSINK AY - cooling section SCREW - service switch, actuator PIN - spring, link GASKET - main drum ROLLER - drive, segmented COVER - roller, drive, lower BRACKET - shipping lock PLATE - isolation CABLE - DRE, VGA to local panel SLEEVE - isolation PLATE - motor isolation NEST - roller GUARD - actuator

Figure No. 10 9 10 27 2 11, 29 11 20 29 1 7 32 1 1 34 4 7 7 3, 32 34 25 1 9 28 12, 19 12 17 27 5 27 27 7 7

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 97 of 117

Numerical Index

Numerical Index Part No. SP8E4828 SP8E4829 SP8E4830 SP8E4831 SP8E4853 SP8E4854 SP8E4880 SP8E4883 SP8E4887 SP8E4892 SP8E4919 SP8E4929 SP8E4935 SP8E4936 SP8E4945 SP8E4951 SP8E4980 SP8E4981 SP8E4986 SP8E4987 SP8E4996 SP8E5726 SP8E5727 SP8E5728 SP8E5729 SP8E5730 SP8E5953 SP8E5956 SP8E5957 SP8E5958 SP8E5977 SP8E7022 SP8E7072

Description SLIDE - inner, film supply SLIDE - film supply SLIDE - inner, imaging AY SLIDE - outer, imaging AY SCREW - shoulder ROLLER - pickup FAN AY GASKET DUCT - drum INSULATION - cover SCREW - cup GASKET - fan, cooling section MOTOR - DC, rollback MOTOR - DC, film feed BOARD - alternating current SPACER - carriage, shipping GUIDE - up, lower left GUIDE - up, right, vertical GASKET - long, isolation GASKET - short, isolation PLENUM AY - filter SLIDE - film centering LINK - film centering BRACKET - film centering, right BRACKET - film centering, left BRACKET - sensor, start of page BRACKET - support, ribbon cable RETAINER - film centering finger FINGER - film centering, left FINGER - film centering, right BRACKET - motor INLET AY - cooling section SPRING - torsion

Figure No. 7 2 13 2 10 10 37 37 23 23 10 25 7 8 37 13 12 12 13 13 4 17, 18 18 18 17 17 13 17, 18 17 18 18 25 17, 18

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 98 of 117

Numerical Index

Numerical Index Part No. SP8E7077 SP8E7426 SP8E7483 SP8E7484 SP8E7485 SP8E7491 SP8E9211 SP8E9212 SP8E9215 SP8E9216 SP8E9411 SP8E9433 SP8E9434 SP8E9439 SP8E9440 SP8E9441 SP8E9443 SP8F0036 SP8F0081 SP8F0082 SP8F0083 SP8F0084 SP8F0085 SP8F0086 SP8F0129 SP8F0132 SP8F0133 SP8F0134 SP8F0135 SP8F0139 SP8F0147 SP8F0170 SP8F0182

Description OUTLET AY - cooling section HARNESS KIT - drawer LABEL - serial no. LABEL AY - serial no., rollback LABEL - serial no. LABEL AY - serial no., main frame RAIL AND SCALE AY KIT CABLE KIT MOTOR AND LEAD SCREW KIT MOTOR AND LEAD SCREW KIT PICKUP AND FEED AY KIT GUIDE KIT - lower ROLLBACK AY KIT BRUSH AY - anti-static, bin 1-5 BRUSH AY - anti-static, bin 6 MAGNETIC WAY AY KIT GUIDE KIT - upper DRE AY PANEL - electronics access COVER - air intake filter FILTER - air intake COVER - latch DOOR AY - back GASKET AY - back panel DUCT, vertical, filter GUIDE - up, upper left GUIDE - up, upper right GUIDE - up, lower left GUIDE - up, lower right VERTICAL TRANSPORT AY KIT HARNESS - vertical transport OPTIC AND CARRIAGE AY KIT BRACKET - motor, support

Figure No. 25 7 10 7 12 3 13 14 20 18 2 8 2 34 34 13 8 36, 4 4 2 2 1 4 6 4 12 12 12 12 2 11 13 22

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 99 of 117

Numerical Index

Numerical Index Part No. SP8F0191 SP8F0192 SP8F0193 SP8F0295 SP8F0296 SP8F0298 SP8F0364 SP8F0510 SP8F0674 SP8F0680 SP8F0756 SP8F0757 SP8F0768 SP8F0769 SP8F0919 SP8F0942 SP8F1053 SP8F3963 SP943600 SP96-0000-0364-8 SP96-0000-1559-2 SP96-0000-4022-8 SP96-0000-4233-1 SP96-0000-5332-0 SP981710 SP998185 SP9B9445 tbd tbd tbd tbd

Description CABLE - DENSITOMETER drive motor FITTING, elbow, filter FITTING, coupling, filter TRAP AY - upper, condensation GUIDE AY - entrance GUIDE - vertical BOARD AY - EBA PANEL - local PANEL AY - right side PANEL AY - left side PANEL AY - decorative, upper, drawer PANEL AY - decorative, middle, drawer PANEL AY - decorative door DOOR AY - air intake IMAGING AY KIT HOOD AY LABEL - belt path POWER MODULE SCREW - Torx, sems, black WASHER WASHER - M4, steel, zinc FITTING - t, tube to tube TAPE SPRING - extension SCREW - Torx, sems, black FASTENER - connector locking post SCREW - Torx, sems, black DRIVE - DVD ROM FAN HARD DRIVE - SATA POWER SUPPLY

Figure No. 38 4 4 28 29 29 4 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 3 6 4 1, 13, 17, 27 24 13 10 9 7 22, 23, 28, 29, 31 3 7 36 36 36 36

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 100 of 117

Alphabetical Index

Section 4: Alphabetical Index Alphabetical Index Part No. SP8E4212 SP8E4300 SP8E4324 SP8E4325 SP26-1008-5021-8 -------------------SP7E8008 SP7E8977 SP5F2063

Description ACTUATOR - interlock ACTUATOR - interlock ACTUATOR - rotary, diverter, bin 1 ACTUATOR - rotary, diverter, bin 2 - 5 ADHESIVE - general purpose, gel, clear, 20 gram tube ARM - cable ARM - cup pivot BASE - film, guard BASE - power supply BEARING - ball, extended race, shielded BEARING - ball, flanged BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race

SP6E8808 SP7E8007 SP7E8978 SP7E9157 SP7E9788 SP26-1011-7059-0 K151779 SP168355 SP78-8161-8389-7 -----SP7E8215 SP7E8033 SP5F2497 SP7E9565 SP7E9252 SP7E8535 SP7E8486 SP7E9232

BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race BEARING - ball, radial BEARING - ball, radial BEARING - ball, radial BEARING - grade 511 BEARING - Nyliner BEARING - Nyliner BEARING - Nyliner BEARING - pivot BELT - timing, 3 mm, 125 tooth BELT - timing, 3 mm, 131 tooth BELT - timing, 3 mm, 255 mm, 85 tooth BELT - timing, 3 mm, 282 mm, 94 tooth BELT - timing, 3 mm, 372 mm, 124 tooth BELT - timing, 3 mm, 408 mm, 136 tooth BELT - timing, drive BELT - timing, drum

Figure No. 6 5 34 34 5 10 10 7 37 7 8 10, 11, 12, 16, 19, 20, 26, 27, 29, 30, 8 11 34, 35 10 34, 35 10 24 35 26 1 34 20 11, 8 11 11 11 11 27 27

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 101 of 117

Alphabetical Index

Alphabetical Index Part No. SP5F2514 SP5F2515 SP8E4945 SP8E1584 -----SP8E1559 SP8E1558 -----SP7F3360 SP8E1590 SP8E1587 SP8E1622 SP8E1373 SP8F0364 SP8E1567 --------------SP8E5729 SP8E5728 ----------SP8E5977 SP8F0182 ----------SP8E4054 SP8E4107 SP8E5730 SP8E4417 SP8E4752 SP7F6165 SP8E5953

Description BELT - timing, roller BELT - timing, roller BOARD - alternating current BOARD - cartridge control BOARD - densitometer BOARD - detector, jam sense BOARD - emitter, jam sense BOARD - light source BOARD - processor BOARD - RF antenna BOARD - RF tag BOARD - sorter control BOARD - start of page sensor BOARD AY - EBA BOARD AY - flex termination BRACKET - back, isolation BRACKET - base, isolation BRACKET - fan BRACKET - film centering, left BRACKET - film centering, right BRACKET - interrupt sensor, back BRACKET - interrupt sensor, front BRACKET - motor BRACKET - motor, support BRACKET - right, isolation BRACKET - sensor BRACKET - sensor BRACKET - sensor BRACKET - sensor, start of page BRACKET - shipping BRACKET - shipping lock BRACKET - shipping, bottom BRACKET - support, ribbon cable

Figure No. 29 22 37 4 31 34 35 31 4 7 4 35 17 4 14 14 13 37 17 18 13 13 18 22 13 31 18 20 17 13, 14 17 17 13

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 102 of 117

Alphabetical Index

Alphabetical Index Part No. -----SP8E4433 SP8E1262 SP8E9439 SP8E9440 SP8E4341 SP66-0000-0235-3 SP7E9832 SP26-1000-0785-0 SP77-8007-4484-7 -----SP445942 SP8E4022 SP8E4023 SP8E4024 SP8E4027 SP8F0191 -----SP8E4015 SP8E4018 SP8E4019 SP8E4766 SP5E7689 SP8E4002 SP8E4005 SP8E4006 SP8E4016 SP8E4010 SP8E4009 SP8E4008 SP8E4007 SP8E4004 SP8E4001

Description BRACKET - top, isolation BRACKET- optical sensor BRUSH AY BRUSH AY - anti-static, bin 1-5 BRUSH AY - anti-static, bin 6 BUMPER - home BUMPER - round BUMPER - round BUSHING - grommet BUSHING - Heyco BUSHING - Heyco, snap BUSHING - Heyco, snap CABLE - AC, power switch CABLE - AC, processor power CABLE - cartridge controller to bulkhead, feeder, upper CABLE - cartridge controller to bulkhead, pickup, upper CABLE - DENSITOMETER drive motor CABLE - densitometer exit sensor CABLE - DRE to EBA data CABLE - DRE, mouse to local panel CABLE - DRE, speaker to local panel CABLE - DRE, VGA to local panel CABLE - drive CABLE - EBA power CABLE - EBA to cart. controller CABLE - EBA to densitometer CABLE - EBA to DRE comm 2 CABLE - EBA to flexterm data CABLE - EBA to flexterm motors/sensors CABLE - EBA to flexterm power CABLE - EBA to processor comm CABLE - EBA to RF tag reader CABLE - EBA to vertical bulkhead

Figure No. 13 26 26 34 34 10 5 13 34 1, 3 14 7 38 38 38 38 38 31 38 5 5 5 9 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 103 of 117

Alphabetical Index

Alphabetical Index Part No. SP8E4038 SP8E4226 SP8E4000 SP8E4051 SP8E4050 -----SP8E4013 ----------SP8E4049 SP8E1463 SP8E4032 SP8E4392 SP8E9212 -----SP8E4432 SP8E4327 SP5E7865 SP7E8211 -----SP26-1004-3199-3 SP5F0279 SP7E8454 SP244868 SP7E7753 SP26-1012-1661-7 SP7E9587 -----SP8E4460 -----SP8E1616 SP8E4152 SP8E4410

Description CABLE - ethernet, DICOM CABLE - faz fan CABLE - interlock, back door CABLE - interlock, front door CABLE - interlock, hood CABLE - light source CABLE - processor receiver CABLE - ribbon, data, optics CABLE - ribbon, power, optics CABLE - service switch CABLE - spring CABLE - start of page sensor CABLE AY - isolation CABLE KIT CAM - guard CAP - optical sensor CARRIAGE - pickup CARRIAGE - rollback CHAIN - plastic CHASSIS AY CIRCUIT BREAKER CLAMP CLAMP - cable CLAMP - flat cable, screw mount CLAMP - loop, nylon CLEVIS - grooved, with e-ring CLIP - wire mounting COLLIMATOR - photo cell CONNECTOR - carriage COUPLER AY - optical COUPLING - helical, diverter COUPLING - motor COVER - access window

Figure No. 38 38 38 38 38 31 26 14 14 38 10 14 14 14 7 26 10 7 7 21 37 5 7 13 9 21 8 34 7 22 34 35 4

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 104 of 117

Alphabetical Index

Alphabetical Index Part No. SP8F0082 SP8E4080 ---------------SP8E4260 SP8F0084 SP8E4194 SP8E4750 SP8E4195 -----SP78-8094-5694-6 SP8E1749 SP8E1327 SP8E1508 SP8E1501 SP8F0769 SP8F0085 SP8E1201 SP8F0036 tbd -----SP5E7988 SP8E4137 SP8E4887 SP8E4380 SP8F0129 SP136224 SP7E8015

Description COVER - air intake filter COVER - cabling COVER - densitometer COVER - flex termination COVER - guard COVER - hood interlock COVER - latch COVER - roller, drive COVER - roller, drive, lower COVER - roller, idler COVER - sorter CUP - pickup DAMPER - isolation, lateral DENSITOMETER AY DIVERTER AY DIVERTER AY - film DOOR AY - air intake DOOR AY - back DOOR AY - front DRE AY DRIVE - DVD ROM DRIVER - motor DRUM - spring, constant force DRUM COVER AY - processor DUCT - drum DUCT - u DUCT, vertical, filter E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter

SP26-1005-9819-7 SP78-8016-5859-8

E-RING - 3/16 in. shaft diameter E-RING - 3/16 in. shaft diameter

Figure No. 2 7 31 14 22 3 1 12 12 12 34 10 14 29 35 28 1 4 1 36, 4 36 9 7 21 23 28 4 34, 35 1, 10, 11, 12, 16, 18, 19, 20, 21, 26, 27, 29, 30, 5, 7, 8, 9 10, 24, 8, 9 33, 35

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 105 of 117

Alphabetical Index

Alphabetical Index Part No. SP7E8016 SP78-8016-5853-1 SP8E1730 tbd ----SP8E4880 SP7F6252 SP998185 SP8F0083 SP8E5957 SP8E5958 SP8E1369 SP8E4444 SP96-0000-4022-8 SP8F0193 SP8F0192 SP8E4330 -----SP8E4339 -------------------------------------------------------SP8E4883 ----SP8E1763

Description E-RING - 3/8 in. shaft diameter E-RING - 7/32 in. shaft diameter FAN FAN FAN - tube, axial, 115 V AC, 50/60 Hz FAN AY FAN AY - filter FASTENER - connector locking post FILTER - air intake FINGER - film centering, left FINGER - film centering, right FINGER AY FINGER AY FITTING - t, tube to tube FITTING, coupling, filter FITTING, elbow, filter FLAG - cup pivot FLAG - roller FLAG - roller, pickup FRAME - cover FRAME - drive AY FRAME - drive train FRAME - pedestal FRAME - pickup FRAME - platen transport FRAME - processor FRAME - rollback FRAME - sorter idler FRAME AY - platen GASKET GASKET GASKET - cover GASKET - duct

Figure No. 5, 8 34, 35 25 36 37 37 4 3 2 17 18 16 19 10 4 4 10 7 8 23 34 27 26 10 19 28 7 33 16 14 37 23 21, 29

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 106 of 117

Alphabetical Index

Alphabetical Index Part No. SP8E1646 SP8E4929 SP8E4196 SP8E4313 SP8E4986 SP8E4735 SP8E4987 SP8E4312 SP8F0086 SP8E4413 SP8E1777 SP8E4338 SP8E4335 SP8E4336 SP8E4349 SP7E9674 -----SP8E4812 ----------SP8E1776 SP8E1818 SP8E1633 SP8E4117 ----------SP8E1688 SP8E4162 SP8E4095 SP8E4406 SP8E4980 SP8F0134 SP8F0135

Description GASKET - EMI, drawer GASKET - fan, cooling section GASKET - film supply GASKET - horizontal GASKET - long, isolation GASKET - main drum GASKET - short, isolation GASKET - vertical GASKET AY - back panel GEAR - 30 tooth, film registration GEAR - drive, 12 tooth GEAR - drive, pickup GEAR - idler, pickup GEAR - motor GEAR - roller GROMMET GROMMET - round GUARD - actuator GUARD - cover GUARD - electrical GUIDE - down, flat GUIDE - down, lower GUIDE - down, middle GUIDE - down, upper GUIDE - left GUIDE - lower GUIDE - right GUIDE - segmented, dual GUIDE - segmented, flat GUIDE - spring GUIDE - up, lower left GUIDE - up, lower left GUIDE - up, lower right

Figure No. 7 25 2 5 13 28 13 5 6 16 34, 35 8 8 7, 8 7 27 14 7 28 22 12 12 12 12 19 31 19 12 12, 19 14 12 12 12

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 107 of 117

Alphabetical Index

Alphabetical Index Part No. SP8E4981 SP8F0132 SP8F0133 -----SP8F0298 SP8F0296 SP8E4522 SP8E9433 SP8E9443 SP8E4289 tbd SP8E4206 SP8E4035 SP8E4036 SP8E4042 SP8E4209 SP8E4043 SP8E4045 SP8E4046 SP8E4034 SP8E4210 SP8E4037 SP8F0147 SP8E7426 SP8E4664 ---------------SP8E4431 SP8F0942 SP8E4183 SP8E4447 SP8E4440

Description GUIDE - up, right, vertical GUIDE - up, upper left GUIDE - up, upper right GUIDE - upper GUIDE - vertical GUIDE AY - entrance GUIDE AY - post vertical up GUIDE KIT - lower GUIDE KIT - upper HANDLE - cover HARD DRIVE - SATA HARNESS - drawer interlocks HARNESS - EBA to drawer solenoids HARNESS - EBA to sorter HARNESS - feeder HARNESS - motor HARNESS - pickup HARNESS - platen motors HARNESS - platen sensor HARNESS - processor and cooling section HARNESS - rotary solenoid/sensor HARNESS - slip rings HARNESS - vertical transport HARNESS KIT - drawer HEATSINK AY - cooling section HEEL - pickup HINGE HOLDER - light pipe HOLDER - optical sensor HOOD AY HOUSING - bearing IDLER - timing, 3 mm IDLER - timing, flat, flanged

Figure No. 12 12 12 31 29 29 2 8 8 23 36 38 38 38 8 35 8 14 14 38 34 22 11 7 25 10 5 31 26 3 34, 35 20, 26 29

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 108 of 117

Alphabetical Index

Alphabetical Index Part No. SP8E1286 SP8F0919 SP8E7022 SP8E4554 SP8E4892 SP8E1898 SP8E1897 -----SP8E1406 SP8E4386 SP8F1053 SP8E4595 SP8E4488 -----SP74-9999-9120-6 -----SP8E7483 SP8E7485 SP8E4601 SP8E4620 ---------------SP8E4630 SP8E7491 SP8E7484 SP7E8225 SP7E9522 SP8E1193 SP8E5727 SP8E4340 SP8E4333 ------

Description IDLER AY - spring loaded IMAGING AY KIT INLET AY - cooling section INSULATION - chassis INSULATION - cover INSULATION - end INSULATION - end, main drum KEEPER - processor roller KNOB - roller KNOB - roller LABEL - belt path LABEL - film access LABEL - frame LABEL - hot surface LABEL - model/serial LABEL - serial no. LABEL - serial no. LABEL - serial no. LABEL - sorter access LABEL - vertical transport LABEL - warning LABEL - warning, back cover LABEL - warning, high voltage LABEL - warning, Japanese LABEL AY - serial no., main frame LABEL AY - serial no., rollback LATCH LATCH - compression LATCH AY LINK - film centering LINK - pickup LINK - pulley LINK - slide

Figure No. 26 2 25 29 23 24 28 24 34 12, 19, 7 6 7 10 23 3 13, 19, 31, 32 10 12 32 1 13 14 22 4 3 7 33 6 1 18 8 9 19

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 109 of 117

Alphabetical Index

Alphabetical Index Part No. SP8E4635 SP8E4634 SP8E1625 -----SP8E9441 SP8E1341 SP8E4936 SP5E7909 SP8E4935 SP8E1205 SP8E1216 SP8E1249 SP8E1205 SP8E9215 SP8E9216 -----SP7E8226 ---------------SP8E1968 SP26-1007-0054-6 SP26-1011-8445-0 -----SP8E4810 SP7E9162 SP26-1006-2032-2 SP26-1007-2397-7 SP26-1008-5590-2 SP6-1007-2397-7 SP26-1003-6902-9 SP8F0170 SP8E7077

Description LINK AY - roller, back LINK AY - roller, front LOCATOR - cartridge LOCK - heel MAGNETIC WAY AY KIT MAIN DRUM AY MOTOR - DC, film feed MOTOR - DC, pickup MOTOR - DC, rollback MOTOR - stepper MOTOR - stepper MOTOR - stepper, feed roller close MOTOR - stepperG1010 MOTOR AND LEAD SCREW KIT MOTOR AND LEAD SCREW KIT MOUNT - back, rollers MOUNT - damper MOUNT - DC motor MOUNT - diverter actuator MOUNT - front, rollers MOUNT - motor MOUNT - Panduit MOUNT - Panduit MOUNTING AY - clip, back NEST - roller NUT - hex, self-locking NUT - keps, 8-32, black NUT - keps, black, zinc NUT - keps, black, zinc NUT - keps, black, zinc NUT - metric, clear OPTIC AND CARRIAGE AY KIT OUTLET AY - cooling section

Figure No. 7 7 7 9 13 21 8 9 7 11, 16, 20, 27 35 8 29 20 18 8 35 8, 9 34 8 20 10, 12, 13, 3 7 24 7 34 13 17, 18, 19, 7, 8 9 9 28 13 25

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 110 of 117

Alphabetical Index

Alphabetical Index Part No. SP8E4409 SP8E4407 SP8E4408 SP8E1925 SP8F0081 SP8F0510 SP8F0768 SP8E1988 SP8F0757 SP8F0756 SP8E1200 SP8F0680 SP8F0674 SP7E9379 SP8E9411 SP5E7656 SP7E7439 SP8E1830 SP8E1408 SP8E1316 -----SP5E7667 SP8E1004 SP5E7972 SP8E4728 SP5E7663 -----SP8E4264 ----SP8E1910 ---------------

Description PAD - heel, back PAD - heel, front PAD - heel, middle PAD AY - felt PANEL - electronics access PANEL - local PANEL AY - decorative door PANEL AY - decorative, lower, drawer PANEL AY - decorative, middle, drawer PANEL AY - decorative, upper, drawer PANEL AY - film supply PANEL AY - left side PANEL AY - right side PHOTOSENSOR PICKUP AND FEED AY KIT PIN - carriage PIN - dowel PIN - driver PIN - idler gear PIN - link, pickup PIN - pulley PIN - pulley PIN - rocker PIN - spring PIN - spring, link PIN - spring, pivot PIPE - densitometer, light PIPE - light PLATE - back PLATE - catch PLATE - chassis PLATE - cooling PLATE - front

Figure No. 10 10 10 28 4 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 26 2 10 34, 35, 7, 8 9 8 8 10 10, 9 8 10 9 10 31 5 12 34 29 28 12

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 111 of 117

Alphabetical Index

Alphabetical Index Part No. SP8E4758 SP8E4786 -------------------------SP8E4996 ----------SP8F3963 tbd SP7E9143 SP8E1301 ----SP8E4394

Description PLATE - isolation PLATE - motor isolation PLATE - mounting, clip, front PLATE - retainer PLATE - side, back PLATE - side, front PLATEN AY PLENUM AY - filter PLUG - round POST - retention POWER MODULE POWER SUPPLY POWER SUPPLY - switcher, +5, +24 V DC PRESSURE ROLLER AY PROCESSOR AY PULLEY - 3 mm, 16 tooth

SP8E4448 SP8E4449 SP8E4498 SP8E4332 SP8E4328 SP8E4331 SP8E4337 SP7E7736 SP8E1146 SP8E9211 SP7E9607 SP8E1701 SP8E1433 SP8E1362 -----SP8E4385

PULLEY - 3 mm, 30 tooth PULLEY - 3 mm, 50 tooth PULLEY - 80 tooth PULLEY - cable PULLEY - drive PULLEY - pivot PULLEY - timing PUMP - vacuum RAIL - right, translation RAIL AND SCALE AY KIT REFLECTOR - LED REGISTRATION AY - front film REGISTRATION AY - platen film REGISTRATION AY - rear film RETAINER - back RETAINER - bearing

Figure No. 27 27 24 24 28 28 13 4 34 14 4 36 37 23 3 11, 20, 27, 29, 8 11, 20, 29 11, 8 27 9 10 10 8 9 13 13 35 16 16 16 24 12, 19, 20, 29, 30

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 112 of 117

Alphabetical Index

Alphabetical Index Part No. SP8E5956 ---------------SP8E4334 SP8E1978 SP8E1977 SP8E1976 SP8E1975 SP8E4304 SP8E4286 SP8E9434 SP8E1002 SP8E1723 SP8E4742 -----SP7F6894 SP8E1722 SP8E4116 -----SP8E1183 SP8E1010 SP8E1725 ----------SP5E7997 SP8E1724 SP8E4854 SP8E4138 SP8E4624 SP8E1315 SP8E1690 ------

Description RETAINER - film centering finger RETAINER - front RETAINER - shaft RING - drive, pickup ROCKER - pickup ROD - bypass, front door ROD - bypass, lower drawer ROD - bypass, middle drawer ROD - bypass, upper drawer ROD AY - prop ROD GUIDE - prop ROLLBACK AY KIT ROLLER - drive, pickup ROLLER - drive, segmented ROLLER - drive, segmented ROLLER - drive, segmented, platen transport ROLLER - drive, solid ROLLER - drive, solid ROLLER - drive, solid, knob ROLLER - drive, solid, lower transport ROLLER - drive, solid, upper ROLLER - idler, pickup ROLLER - idler, segmented ROLLER - idler, segmented, lower transport ROLLER - idler, segmented, platen transport ROLLER - idler, solid ROLLER - idler, solid ROLLER - pickup ROLLER - pressure, ball bearing ROLLER - pressure, segmented ROLLER - transport ROLLER - transport, lower ROLLER AY - guide

Figure No. 17, 18 24 19 8 8 1 1 1 1 5 5 2 8 12 12, 19 19 30 12 12 19 30 8 12 19 19 30 12 10 35 34 34, 35 35 35

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 113 of 117

Alphabetical Index

Alphabetical Index Part No. SP8E1550 SP8E1305 SP8E4088 SP8E4919 SP8E4677 SP8E4853 SP8E1464 SP8E1055 -----SP6E8884 SP7E8700 K748353

Description ROLLER AY - idler ROLLER AY - pressure ROLLER AY - rollback SCREW - cup SCREW - service switch, actuator SCREW - shoulder SCREW - shoulder, arm SCREW - shoulder, rocker SCREW - shoulder, socket head SCREW - Torx, button, black SCREW - Torx, pan head SCREW - Torx, sems, black

SP2B4081

SCREW - Torx, sems, black

SP3H5699 SP5E5188 SP748354

SCREW - Torx, sems, black SCREW - Torx, sems, black SCREW - Torx, sems, black

SP748355 SP748359 SP748360

SCREW - Torx, sems, black SCREW - Torx, sems, black SCREW - Torx, sems, black

SP748361

SCREW - Torx, sems, black

SP7E7743

SCREW - Torx, sems, black

SP7E7744

SCREW - Torx, sems, black

SP943600

SCREW - Torx, sems, black

Figure No. 33 24 7 10 1 10 10 8 13 17, 18, 7 5 1, 13, 16, 18, 2, 20, 3, 31, 4, 5, 7 1, 13, 14, 17, 18, 2, 28, 7 13, 14, 16, 17 7, 8 15, 18, 20, 26, 31, 7 25, 31 4 13, 22, 28, 4, 8, 9 11, 13, 20, 26, 29 10, 12, 13, 22, 25, 34, 35, 8 1, 10, 11, 12, 13, 16, 17, 18, 19, 2, 20, 23, 24, 25, 26, 3, 35, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9 1, 13, 17, 27

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 114 of 117

Alphabetical Index

Alphabetical Index Part No. SP981710

Description SCREW - Torx, sems, black

SP9B9445 SP5F0244 SP7E9242 SP8E1214 -----SP8E1024 SP8E4053 SP8E4365 SP8E1025

SCREW - Torx, sems, black SCREW - Torx, sems, yellow SCREW - Torx, tapping, pan head SECTION - sorter idler SECTION AY - cooling SENSOR - flag SENSOR - flag SENSOR - flag SENSOR - interrupt

-----SP8E4459 -----SP8E1699 SP8E1036 ----------SP8E1692 -----SP8E1423 ---------------SP8E1153 SP8E4768 -----SP8E5726 SP8E4829 SP8E1117 SP8E4828 SP8E4830 SP8E4831

SHAFT - carriage SHAFT - connector SHAFT - cup pivot SHAFT - drive, film registration SHAFT - drive, pickup SHAFT - film guard SHAFT - heel SHAFT - idler, pickup SHAFT - idler, timing SHAFT - idler, timing SHAFT - intermediate SHAFT - pivot SHAFT - retainer SHAFT AY - drive SLEEVE - isolation SLEEVE - shaft SLIDE - film centering SLIDE - film supply SLIDE - finger SLIDE - inner, film supply SLIDE - inner, imaging AY SLIDE - outer, imaging AY

Figure No. 22, 23, 28, 29, 31 7 13 26 32 21 10, 12, 31, 8 7 20 10, 15, 18, 20, 7, 8 19 7 10 16 8 7 10 8 26 20, 29 27 34 24 35 27 35 17, 18 2 19 7 13 2

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 115 of 117

Alphabetical Index

Alphabetical Index Part No. SP8E4644 SP8E4951 --------------------SP8E4250 SP26-1011-6656-4 SP8E4133 SP8E4314 SP8E1469 SP7E8491 SP7E8657 SP8E1796 SP7E7798 SP7E8506 SP7E8507 SP7E8525 SP7E9243 SP96-0000-5332-0 -----SP6E8952 SP8E4393 SP7E9447 SP8E4450 SP8E4181 SP8E7072 SP8E1886 ----SP8E4593 -----SP8E1455 ------

Description SORTER AY SPACER - carriage, shipping SPACER - cover SPACER - densitometer SPACER - rotary actuator SPACER - shaft SPACER, latch to door SPRING - brush SPRING - bypass SPRING - cable SPRING - carriage SPRING - compression SPRING - compression SPRING - connector SPRING - constant force SPRING - extension SPRING - extension SPRING - extension SPRING - extension SPRING - extension SPRING - extension, finger SPRING - gas, 40 lb, stroke 6, extended 17 SPRING - idler roller SPRING - pressure roller SPRING - rollback clearance SPRING - roller SPRING - torsion SPRING - torsion, idler STANDOFF STOP AY - front door STRAP - platen, ground STRIKER - latch SUPPORT - gas spring

Figure No. 3, 32 13 23 31 34 27 1 26 1 9 10 14 8 7 7 9 10 10 21 7 19 5 12, 19, 20, 29, 30 34 7 24 17, 18 26 12 1 13 1 5

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 116 of 117

Alphabetical Index

Alphabetical Index Part No. -----SP8E4623 SP7E8513 SP8E4201 SP96-0000-4233-1 SP8E4541 8E4542 SP8E4542 SP8E4540 SP26-1001-7033-6 SP78-8005-4748-7 -----SP7F3964 SP8E1806 SP8F0295 SP8E4645 SP8E4462 SP8E4465 SP8E4464 SP8E4463 SP8E4466 8E4148 SP8F0139 SP7E9107 SP7E9186 SP7E9343 SP7E9352 SP96-0000-0364-8 SP2B4312 SP26-1004-5503-4 SP26-1011-6641-6 SP96-0000-1559-2

Description SUPPORT AY - hood SWITCH - power, rocker, 4-pole, 125 V, SWITCH - SPDT, 250 V, 16 A SWITCH AY - interlock TAPE TENSIONER AY - flanged TENSIONER AY - flat TENSIONER AY - flat TENSIONER AY - grooved TIE WRAP - Panduit TIE-WRAP - Panduit TRAIN AY - drive TRANSPORT AY - platen film TRAP AY - lower, condensation TRAP AY - upper, condensation TRAY - back, bin 1 TUBING - carriage TUBING - frame TUBING - heel, back TUBING - heel, front TUBING - pump VALVE AY VERTICAL TRANSPORT AY KIT WASHER WASHER WASHER WASHER WASHER WASHER - flat, nylon WASHER - flat, steel, zinc WASHER - lock, internal WASHER - M4, steel, zinc

Figure No. 5 1 1 3, 4 9 11 29 20 11, 29 10, 12, 13, 3, 7 35 22 17 28 28 34 10 10 10 10 9 9 2 2 1 26, 29 1 24 10 7 1, 5 13

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 15JUL05 8F1622 Page 117 of 117

Publication History

Section 5: Publication History Publication Date

15JUL05

Publication No.

8F1622

ECO No.

Changed Pages

CN0006110

-----

File Name

8f1622.fm

Notes

• New Publication • Rev A - Serial Number 89005001 and Above

Kodak and DryView are trademarks of Eastman Kodak Company.

Printed in U.S.A. • 8f1622.fm

EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY Rochester, NY 14650

HEALTH GROUP

{Diagrams}{Production}{Health Group}{ExternalAndInternal}

Publication No. 8F1642 15JUL05

DIAGRAMS for the Kodak DryView 8900 LASER IMAGER RELEASE 3 Service Code: 4878

Important Qualified service personnel must repair this equipment.

H199_0500AC

HEALTH GROUP

Confidential Restricted Information © Eastman Kodak Company, 2005

PLEASE NOTE

The information contained herein is based on the experience and knowledge relating to the subject matter gained by Eastman Kodak Company prior to publication. No patent license is granted by this information. Eastman Kodak Company reserves the right to change this information without notice, and makes no warranty, express or implied, with respect to this information. Kodak shall not be liable for any loss or damage, including consequential or special damages, resulting from any use of this information, even if loss or damage is caused by Kodak’s negligence or other fault. This equipment includes parts and assemblies sensitive to damage from electrostatic discharge. Use caution to prevent damage during all service procedures.

Table of Contents Description Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . System Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . System Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Publication History. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2

Page 3 3 4 4 5

15JUL05 – 8F1642

Block

Section 1: Block System Connections Kodak Dryview 8900 LASER IMAGER - Release 3 System Functional Block / Wiring Diagram - Sheet 2 2005 MARCH REV. A 8F1620

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

K

L

M

N

P

Q

R

S

T

U

V

W

X

Y

Z

AA

mst16 PROCESSOR MOTOR mst22 DENSITOMETER MOTOR

1

sf20 mdc19

a20

i3

Ref Des

s312

mdc2 (u, m, or l) mdc3 (u, m, or l)

mst22

mdc4 (u, m, or l) mst5 (u, m, or l)

sol8 sol7 sol6

2

sol5 sol4

mst16 mdc19 LIGHT SOURCE BOARD

s311 FILM AT DENSITOMETER

a20

M

M

M

sw1

M M

M

s19

mst15

VERTICAL TRANSPORT DOWN MOTOR

M

mst15

M

s6 CUPS ENGAGED SENSOR

sf7 (u, m, or l)

FILM OUT SENSOR

Blocked = Film Out

Unblocked = Film Surface

s8 (u, m, or l)

FEED ROLLER OPEN SENSOR

s5

sf2L sf7L s5L

+

M

+

Blocked = No Film

Unblocked = Film

Off = Closed

On = Open

mdc11

M

M mst5

CART. PRESENCE SENSOR

Blocked = No Cart. Blocked = Home

Unblocked = Not Home

ROLLBACK OPEN SENSOR

Blocked = Fully Open

Unblocked = Not Fully Open

Off

Down

mst7

s4L

i1L sol1L

i2 sol2

mdc20

M M

s14 s12

OPTICS ELECTRONICS

M

Unblocked = Cart. Present

VERT. TRANS. UP MOTOR

Off

Up

FILM AT PROCESSOR SENSOR

Blocked = No Film

Unblocked = Film

mst14

sf13

mst8

FILM AT PLATEN SENSOR

PLATEN FEED ROLLER MOTOR

PLATEN SWEEP MOTOR

PLATEN SWEEP MOTOR

Home = 17 in. Position

s15 POSITION ENCODER READHEAD

Item

D3

Function

DS1

See HAPPY LED Functions Table.

DS2

INTERLOCK Status. When on, indicates Top Hazard 24V is applied.

DS3

When off, FILM AT SORTER SENSOR not yet calibrated. When on, EMITTER is off, or EMITTER is on and there is a film jam in SORTER.

PLATEN FEED ROLLER MOTOR

Stopped

Load, Unload

PLATEN LOAD MOTOR

Home = Retracted

Limit = Film Horizon

FILM CENTERING MOTOR

Home = Front

10 or 14 in. Position

SPINNER MOTOR

Idle Speed

Printing Speed

mdc13

ATTENUATOR MOTOR

Home = Retracted

Limit = Extended

mst14

TRANSLATION MOTOR

Home = Rear

10 or 14 in. Position

s14

PLATEN LOAD HOME SENSOR

Blocked = Finger at Home

D5 S1

PLATEN SWEEP HOME SENS.

Blocked = Tabs at Home

CENTERING HOME SENSOR

Blocked = Home

Unblocked = Not Home

FILM AT PLATEN SENSOR

Blocked = No Film

Unblocked = Film at Platen

s14

START OF PAGE SENSOR

Unblocked = No Film Edge

Blocked = Film at Sensor

s15

READHEAD ENCODER

N/A

N/A

TRANSLATION HOME SENSOR

Blocked = Home

Unblocked = Not Home

s17

TRANSLATION LIMIT SENSOR

s18

ATTENUATOR HOME SENSOR

Unblocked = Not at Limit

Unblocked = Not Home

LED Off

LED On

PROCESSOR MOTOR

On

Off

mst22

DENSITOMETER MOTOR

On

Off

mdc18

FAZ FILTER FAN

On

J2 J1

On

--

MIDDLE TEMP. SENSOR

On

Off

rtd2

FRONT TEMP. SENSOR

On

Off

rtd3

BACK TEMP. SENSOR

On

Off

FILM AT DENSITOMETER

Blocked = No Film

TURNAROUND MOTOR FILM AT SORTER EMITTER

Off

LED4

Off Unblocked = No Film

Blocked = Film at Sorter

Off

On

DEFLECTOR 2 SOLENOID

Off

On

sol6

DEFLECTOR 3 SOLENOID

Off

On

sol7

DEFLECTOR 4 SOLENOID

Off

On

sol8

DEFLECTOR 5 SOLENOID

Off

s4

i1 (u, m, or l)

s11 mst9 PLATEN LOAD MOTOR

mst10

PLATEN SWEEP HOME SENSOR

FILM CENTERING MOTOR

s12

PLATEN CENTERING HOME SENSOR

i2

s17 TRANSLATION LIMIT SENSOR

SUPPLY DRAWER INTERLOCK FRONT DOOR INTERLOCK

Closed

CIRCUIT BREAKERS

RFI FILTER

Closed

Open

Closed

Open

DRE FANS

On

--

mdc21

GB10

CB1 CB2 CB3

C1

DC SUPPLY FAN

On

SUPPLY DRAWER LATCH

Off = Locked

On = Released

Off = Locked

On = Released

Off

On

mst13

sol1 (u, m, or l)

ATTENUATOR MOTOR

sol2 sw1

SERVICE OVERRIDE SWITCH

PD1

TP3

PHOTO DETECTOR

LASER DRIVE

LED Blink Pattern

OVERCURRENT TEST POINTS:

UPPER DRAWER CONTROL

RXD

TXD

GND

FANS

LCD

POWER SUPPLY

J21 HARD DISK

J17

TEMP SENSOR

32 BIT, 33 MHz

SOUTH BRIDGE PCI TO ISA/IDE CONTROLLER

PCI BUS

E-NET CTRL

E-NET CTRL

Reflash of microcode has failed during a software update. MICRO is trying to recover.

Off Steady

Hardware failure on MICRO BOARD.

MIDDLE DRAWER CONTROL

EIDE J13 SECONDARY COMPACT BUS FLASH CARD (48 MB) J8 +3.3V +5V +12V +5Vsb -5V -12V PC SIG GND

SUPER I/O ISA BUS

SDRAM

POWER/ SPEAKER

KEYPAD

SYSTEM MANAGEMENT (SM) BUS SDRAM +12V

LED

ORN RED YEL PUR WHT BLU GRY BLK

LOWER DRAWER CONTROL

TP302

TP202 TP203

TP200

TP300

TP101

SDRAM SERIAL EEPROM

CLOCK GEN.

USB FOR KEYBOARD AND MOUSE

COMPACT FLASH CARD (48 MB)

E

F

CTBK - Off when CARTRIDGE is loaded in DRAWER. CTFR - Not Used. FCON - NOT USED. FOUT - Off when PICKUP HEEL is down and contacts film.

D115(U), D215(M), D315(L) (LED)

ECUPS - Off when PICKUP VACUUM ARM is vertical or horizontal. On when in between.

D5 LOWER DRAWER 24V PWR

D116(U), D216(M), D316(L) (LED)

TP404

JP102(U), JP202(M), JP302(L) (JUMPER)

HAZBOT 24V

LOWER DRAWER

(SAME AS UPPER DRAWER)

(SAME AS UPPER DRAWER)

PHOM - On when PICKUP ASSEMBLY is home. CTCN - Not Used. Jumpers are set for operation of the I2C chip. Do not change.

11

RESET. Press to reset CPU to initial values.

TP401 (TEST POINT)

+5 VDC ground

TP402 (TEST POINT)

+5 VDC

TP403 (TEST POINT)

+24 VDC Return

TP404 (TEST POINT)

+24 VDC

12

TP100(U), TP200(M), TP300(L) (TEST POINT)

Used to check drive circuit to ROLLBACK MOTOR. Steady high (24V) is normal. Pulses indicate overcurrent (or short).

+5V

TP101(U), TP201(M), TP301(L) (TEST POINT)

Used to check drive circuit to PICKUP MOTOR. Steady high (24V) is normal. Pulses indicate overcurrent (or short).

TP401

TP102(U), TP202(M), TP302(L) (TEST POINT)

Used to check drive circuit to VACUUM SOLENOID. Steady high (24V) is normal. Pulses indicate overcurrent (or short).

TP103(U), TP203(M), TP303(L) (TEST POINT)

Used to check drive circuit to FEED ROLLER CLOSE MOTOR or VACUUM PUMP. Steady high (24V) is normal. Pulses indicate overcurrent (or short).

+5V GND

MIDDLE DRAWER

10

Install jumper to enable SENSORS for DRAWER. LEDs will turn on depending on state of SENSOR.

Item TP HAZTOP24V

MASTER CPU HAPPY LED

GND1 - GND4 JP1 LED1

EBA LOCAL PANEL POWER/SPEAKER

POWER SUPPLY

PS/2 FOR KEYBOARD

PS/2 to LOCAL PANEL TOUCHSCREEN CONTROLLER

COM2 to EBA

MASTER CPU BOARD

LED1 FILM AT PLATEN LED2 LOAD HOME LED3 SWEEP HOME LED4 CENTERING HOME LED5 UNUSED LED6 FILM AT PROC

CUSTOMER NETWORK

120 VAC (FROM POWER SUPPLY)

J

D117(U), D217(M), D317(L) (LED)

TP402

JP1 SENSORS ON

POWER SUPPLY FAN

WATCHDOG TIMER

H

RLHM - On when CARTRIDGE LID is in home position.

D114(U), D214(M), D314(L) (LED)

JP1 (JUMPER)

JP302

GND2

FPGA CONFIG RESET

PMC600 RESET

13

K

L

M

N

P

Q

LOAD HOME - On when FILM is loaded in PLATEN. SWEEP HOME - On when FILM CARRIAGE is in the home position.

LED4

CENTERING HOME - On when FILM is centered axially in the PLATEN.

LED5

Unused

LED6

FILM AT PROC - On when FILM is entering the PROCESSOR.

LED7

R

S

T

U

V

W

15

TP HAZTOP24V

TP+5V

GND4

FPGA CONFIG IN PROCESS - On when FPGA configuration is occurring.

Test Point for presence of +24VDC interlocked through the FRONT and REAR DOORS.

TP+24V

GND3

CONFIG CPU HAPPY - See HAPPY LED Functions Table.

Blinks at a rate of 5 times per second when “Happy”.

Test Point for presence of +24VDC interlocked through the HOOD.

TP+3.3V

USB

14

TP HAZBOT24V

TP+2.5V

LED8 FPGA CONFIG IN PROCESS

SENSORS ON - Jumper Pins 1 to 2 (diag.) to turn on SENSORS. FILM AT PLATEN - On when FILM is entering the PLATEN.

LED2

LED8

LED7 CONFIG CPU HAPPY

Function Test Points for Logic ground.

LED3

MASTER CPU HAPPY LED

LOCAL PANEL VGA

TP+3.3V

G

RLED - On when CARTRIDGE LID is fully opened.

D111(U), D211(M), D311(L) (LED)

TP303

TP301

9

FPOS - Off when FILM is present at FILM AT FEED SENSOR.

D113(U), D213(M), D313(L) (LED)

TP403

TP+5V GND1 TP+2.5V

D

On when 24V power is enabled for MIDDLE DRAWER. On when 24V power is enabled for LOWER DRAWER.

D112(U), D212(M), D312(L) (LED)

TP HAZBOT24V

C

On when Service Switch is in Service position. Bypasses INTERLOCKS and applies 24V to DRAWERS. On when 24V power is enabled for UPPER DRAWER.

D4 (LED) D5 (LED)

D110(U), D210(M), D310(L) (LED)

24V RTN

120 VAC from UPS

DRE SYSTEM

B

8 Function

D4

TP+24V

A

Test Points for indicated voltages.

MIDDLE DRAWER 24V PWR

J8

TO FRONT OF IMAGER

16

TP2.5V, TP3.3V, TP5V, TP24V

7

J13

USB to EBA E-NET FOR LAPTOP

Test Point for +5V for LASER DRIVER.

EXPOSURE BRIDGE AY (EBA)

J4

DICOM INPUT FROM CUSTOMER NETWORK

Test Point for -5V for LASER DRIVER.

TPAP5V

D109(U), D209(M), D309(L) (LED)

D3

TP401 TP402

D1

6

See HAPPY LED Functions Table.

S1 (SWITCH)

JP202

TPAM5V

FHOM - On when FEED ROLLER is home or between home and closed.

D2 JP102

RESET. Press to reset CPU. Test Point for OPTICS HAPPY signal.

D108(U), D208(M), D308(L) (LED)

24 VDC

HAPPY!

MOTHERBOARD

15

Test Point for PARITY ERROR.

D3 (LED)

UPPER DRAWER 24V POWER

TP201

UPPER DRAWER

BIOS FLASH

J1

5

Function See HAPPY LED Functions Table.

Test Point for LASER DRIVE signal.

D107(U), D207(M), D307(L) (LED)

TP404

TP103

TP100

LITHIUM BATTERY

DIMMs (2)

4

Normally, only jumpers JP6 and JP8 are installed. The only jumpers designed for possible field use are JP2, JP3, and JP6. These are used when loading new code for the LINEAR MOTOR CONTROLLER via J10. Code uploading can occur only under instruction from Service Engineering.

TP3

OPTICS HAPPY!

DVD DRIVE

BATTERY

100 Mhz

SPEAKER

14

J17

EIDE PRIMARY BUS

PCI SLOTS 2 - 5 (NOT USED)

+12V YEL GND BLK GND BLK +5V RED

VGA

VGA

LCD CTRL

AGP AND MEMORY CONTROLLER/ PROCESSOR TO PCI BRIDGE

+12V YEL GND BLK GND BLK +5V RED

J22 AGP SLOT

INVERTER

RESET. Press to reset CPU to initial state.

TP2

Microcode has failed checksum test.

On Steady

NOT USED 100 MHz BUS

TOUCHSCREEN

Turns on when Antenna 2 is selected for transmission or reception of RF data.

SW1

D1 (LED)

S1 (RESET)

MOUSE TOUCHSCREEN CONTROLLER

13

J21

2

CARTRIDGE CONTROL BOARD

TP403

TP102

DRE COMPUTER

SATA CONTROLLER

LED4

Item

TP101 PICKUP MTR

SENSOR LEDs: FILM POS FEED HOME ROLLBACK END ROLLBACK HOME CARTRIDGE LOADED JP102 SENSORS ENBLD NOT USED NOT USED FILM OUT CUPS ENGAGED PICKUP HOME

USB

POWER SUPPLY CONTROL

Turns on when Antenna 1 is selected for transmission or reception of RF data.

JP2

TPA TPA TP TP TP TP -5V +5V 2.5V 3.3V 5V 24V

TP102 VAC SOL

1

INTEL PENTIUM III 1 GHz CPU (SOCKET 370)

J3

MICRO is “HAPPY”.

TP100 ROLLBACK MTR

12

LED3

TP1

NOTE: HAPPY LED on SORTER CONTROL BOARD has additional blink patterns described in DIAGNOSTICS MANUAL 8E5983.

AC BOARD K1 CONTACTOR

DVD DRIVE

6

Turns on when Antenna 0 is selected for transmission or reception of RF data.

JP3

D2 (LED)

1

COM2

See HAPPY LED Functions Table.

JP1 - JP10 (JUMPERS)

TP1

Indicates:

1/4 Second On / 1/4 Second Off

P10/J10

HARD DISK DRIVE

USB

JP4

MICRO BOARD “HAPPY” LED FUNCTIONS

--

6

Function

LED1 LED2

JP5

PARITY ERROR

J4

TP103 FEED ROLL CLOSE MTR, VAC PUMP

MASTER CPU

J6A

TP2

+5, +24 VDC SUPPLY

10

11

RESET. Press to reset and initialize CPU circuits.

LED1 OPTICS HAPPY!

LED1

AGND1 GND1 J9

P4/J4

FRONT DOOR LATCH

s18

S1 (SWITCH)

Item

J6B

Open

TOP HOOD INTERLOCK REAR DOOR INTERLOCK

ATTENUATOR HOME SENSOR

J1

JP10 VOLTAGE SELECTION PLUG RECEPTACLE

T1

Open

Closed

J10

J2

1 Second On / 1 Second Off

i3

No JUMPERS used for normal operation.

JP7

JP9

On

i4 mdc20

Must be set across Pins 1 and 2 to receive signals from PHOTO DETECTOR.

LED2

JP1

SW1 J8

INTERLOCKS / LATCHES / SWITCHES / FANS

ROLLBACK OPEN SENSOR

LED3

JP6 JP8 GND2

POWER SUPPLY

On

FILM AT SORTER DETECTOR DEFLECTOR 1 SOLENOID

sol5

Blinks with signals sent from ROTATING PROCESSOR BOARD D1 and D3 via PHOTO DETECTOR.

JP1 (JUMPER)

OPTICS CONTROL BOARD

On

sol4

Turns on when heat command is sent to Back Zone of HEATER.

D5 (LED)

SW1 (SWITCH)

Unblocked = Film

s312

D4 (LED)

J6 (JUMPER)

LED1

OPTICS HAPPY!

COOLING SECTION FAN

rtd1

Turns on when heat command is sent to Front Zone of HEATER.

RF TAG READER BOARD

EXPOSURE BRIDGE ASSEMBLY (EBA) (SEE DETAIL BELOW)

--

mdc19

Turns on when heat command is sent to Middle Zone of HEATER.

3

Blocked = Travel Limit

Blocked = Home

DENSITOMETER

mst16

See HAPPY LED Functions Table.

D3 (LED)

SW1

Unblocked = Tabs Not Home

s16

D1 (LED) D2 (LED)

J6

Unblocked = Finger Not Home

s11

s311

SPINNER MOTOR

mdc1

D1 JP1

CARTRIDGE CONTROL BOARD (SEE DETAIL BELOW)

s12

mst17

START OF PAGE SENSORS

s16

ROLLBACK MOTOR

D2

When on, indicates that ROTATING PROCESSOR BOARD has +5V power.

1

Function

Item

sf13

sf20

mdc11

sr2

D3

D4

SORTER

TRANSLATION HOME SENSOR

CARTRIDGE PRESENCE SENSOR

D4

8, 11, 12, 14 in. Pos., Kick Action

mst8 mst9 mst10

a20

8

9

Item

FILM PROCESSOR

mdc21 TRANSLATION MOTOR

PLATEN LOAD HOME SENSOR

ROLLBACK HOME SENSOR

VERT. TRANS. DOWN MOTOR

mdc11

s10

mst7

s10

Cartridge Open or Rollback Moving

ROLLBACK HOME SENSOR

i1M sol1M

mdc2

sr3

Cartridge Closed

s4 (u, m, or l)

PICKUP MOTOR

sol3 VACUUM VALVE

ROLLBACK MOTOR

D4 (LED)

SORTER CONTROL BOARD

sr2 (u, m, or l)

mst15

mst10

mdc3

DS3

sr3 (u, m, or l)

mst6

mst9

VACUUM PUMP

DS2

Unblocked = Closed (or Opening)

FILM AT FEED SENSOR VACUUM VALVE

mdc2M

M M

M

s10

PICKUP HOME SENSOR

sf7

Blocked = Open (or Closing)

sf9 (u, m, or l) sol3 (u, m, or l)

sf13

FILM OUT SENSOR

On Unblocked Blocked

PROCESSOR CONTROL BOARD

Function

In parallel, these LEDs send coded asynchronous signals every ½ second D1 and indicating DRUM D3 temperature to an external (LEDs) PHOTODETECTOR, which sends the data to the PROCESSOR CONTROL BOARD.

DS1

Nip Closed or Moving

Off Blocked

+ M

mst8

FEED ROLLER OPEN SENSOR

FILM FEED MOTOR

On

Nip Open

Unblocked

M M

M

mst6 mst7 sf9 FILM AT FEED SENSOR

M M

M

mst5M mdc18 sol3M mdc3M

+

7

Default = Off

Item

IMAGING ASSEMBLY

M

mdc1M

FEED ROLLER CLOSE MOTOR

FILM FEED MOTOR

CUPS ENGAGED SENSOR

sf19

mst6

6

FEED ROLLER CLOSE MOTOR

PICKUP HOME SENSOR

i1U sol1U

+

4

mdc4

VACUUM PUMP

ROTATING PROCESSOR BOARD

D1

s6 (u, m, or l)

mdc4M

S8

Active Moves up and down

VERTICAL TRANSPORT MODULE

VERTICAL TRANSPORT UP MOTOR

5

Home / Default Default = Home (up)

s5 (u, m, or l)

mdc1 (u, m, or l)

mst17

M

i4

DENSITOMETER

sf19 FILM AT PROCESSOR SENSOR

PICKUP MOTOR

ROLLBACK MODULE

sf20

3

Description

FILM PICKUP AND FEED MODULE

rtd1 (middle) rtd2 (front) rtd3 (back)

COOLING SECTION FAN

Test Point for +2.5V tolerance is + 10%. Test Point for +3.3V tolerance is + 10%. Test Point for +5V tolerance is + 10%.

16

Test Point for +24V tolerance is + 5%.

SW1 (SWITCH)

RESET. Press to reset and initialize FPGA CONFIGURATOR CPU.

SW2 (SWITCH)

RESET. Press to reset and initialize MASTER COMPUTER (PMC600) for MCS.

X

Y

Z

AA 8900-03R

H199_9000FC

8F1642 – 15JUL05

3

DIAGRAMS

Section 2: Electrical System Overview Kodak Dryview 8900 LASER IMAGER - Release 3 System Functional Block / Wiring Diagram - Sheet 1 2005 MARCH REV. A 8F1620

(Option)

Unblocked = Not Fully Open

TACH/CPU VCC SDAF SDAF

33 M PIXEL/SEC.

USB CONNECTOR J23

NU

NU NU

USB CONNECTOR WHT

RED RED RED RED WHT WHT WHT WHT

WHT

WHT

GB10

(Option) J9 J8

A +24V

D +5.1V

B

C

RTN +5/+24 VDC SUPPLY

4 1 24V 5.1V

J5 GRN/YEL G WHT N BLK L

SENSE

MAIN GND2 CB3 GRN

SVC PORT

BLK P8

120 VAC

P17 P18

P1

P2

T1

P5

RED

P6

MOV7

2

4

6

8

P3 BLU

C F

CONTACTOR

(Option)

RED

0 K 1 1

A B D E

MOV3

P4 BRN

VOLTAGE SELECTION PLUG

P9 P10

MOV4

MOV5

MOV1

BLK P7 P11 P12

MOV2 W1 GT1

BLK P14 BLK P13

SH GRN

AC BOARD

P16 MAIN GND1 120VAC

C1

F E D C B A

MOV6

P15

P20 BLK

120 VAC TO PROCESSOR

FAN

P19 WHT

REMOVE JUMPER FOR NORWAY

120 VAC TO DRE

H199_9001FC

4

15JUL05 – 8F1642

Publication History

Section 3: Publication History Publication Date

Publication No.

ECO No.

Changed Pages

File Name

15JUL05

8F1642

CN0006110

------

8f1642.fm

Notes • New Publication • Rev A - Serial Number 89005001 and Above

8F1642 – 15JUL05

5

Kodak and DryView are trademarks of Eastman Kodak Company.

Printed in U.S.A. • 8f1642.fm

EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY Rochester, NY 14650

HEALTH GROUP

RELEASE NOTES Health Group Products Eastman Kodak Company, Health Group, Rochester, NY 14650

AUGUST 2005

Kodak DryView 89000 LASER IMAGER RELEASE 3 Service Code: 4878 Changes to Installation Instructions Purpose The purpose of these Release Notes is to provide information on changes that have occurred in the installation of the Kodak DryView 8900 LASER IMAGER. When installing the 8900 LASER IMAGER RELEASE 3, use the INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS for the Kodak DryView 8900 LASER IMAGER, 8E5986 and this Release Notes document. ECO Number The ECO number for this document change is: CN0006142. Document References Throughout the Installation Instructions, references to the Adjustments and Replacements manual and the Preventive Maintenance manual should be as follows. •

ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS for the Kodak DryView 8900 LASER IMAGER RELEASE 3, 8F1621

•

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE for the Kodak DryView 8900 LASER IMAGER RELEASE 3, 8F1623

Page 1

Eastman Kodak Company Restricted

Pub No. 8F2323

CHARCOAL FILTER The new part number is 7F6344. The location and installation of the CHARCOAL FILTER has changed as follows.

DUCT FILTER DOOR

LEVER WIRE LATCH

LOWER RIGHT FRONT DOOR

H199_0736ACA H199_0736AC

PLENUM

FILTER

DUCT FILTER DOOR

H199_0737GCA H199_0737GC

1. Open the LOWER RIGHT FRONT DOOR.

Page 2

Eastman Kodak Company Restricted

Pub No. 8F2323

2. Remove the DUCT FILTER DOOR. •

Press in on the LEVER.

•

Disconnect the WIRE LATCH.

3. Install: •

CHARCOAL FILTER

•

DUCT FILTER DOOR

4. Close the FRONT DOOR. Location of RJ-45 JACK The RJ-45 JACK is now located beneath the AIR FILTER. AIR FILTER COVER

RJ-45 CONNECTOR LOWER RIGHT FRONT DOOR H199_0734ACB H199_0734AC

Location of DRE Network Connection The connection for the customer’s network on the DRE is located as shown below. LOCAL PANEL Customer Network

USB to EBA

LOCAL PANEL Data

COM 2 to EBA 120 V AC from UPS

Page 3

PS/2 to LOCAL PANEL

Eastman Kodak Company Restricted

Pub No. 8F2323

Kodak and DryView are trademarks.

Printed in the USA. (c) Eastman Kodak Company, 2005 Rochester, NY 14650

Page 4

HEALTH GROUP Eastman Kodak Company Restricted

Pub No. 8F2323